summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/old/64577-0.txt
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to 'old/64577-0.txt')
-rw-r--r--old/64577-0.txt7747
1 files changed, 0 insertions, 7747 deletions
diff --git a/old/64577-0.txt b/old/64577-0.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 017229f..0000000
--- a/old/64577-0.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,7747 +0,0 @@
-The Project Gutenberg eBook of The New Astronomy, by Samuel Pierpont
-Langley
-
-This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
-most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
-whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms
-of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at
-www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you
-will have to check the laws of the country where you are located before
-using this eBook.
-
-Title: The New Astronomy
-
-Author: Samuel Pierpont Langley
-
-Release Date: February 16, 2021 [eBook #64577]
-
-Language: English
-
-Character set encoding: UTF-8
-
-Produced by: Tim Lindell, Charlie Howard, and the Online Distributed
- Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net (This file was
- produced from images generously made available by The Internet
- Archive/American Libraries.)
-
-*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE NEW ASTRONOMY ***
-
-
-
-
-THE NEW ASTRONOMY
-
-
-
-
- THE NEW ASTRONOMY
-
-
- BY
-
- SAMUEL PIERPONT LANGLEY, PH.D., LL.D.
-
- DIRECTOR OF THE ALLEGHENY OBSERVATORY, MEMBER NATIONAL ACADEMY,
- FELLOW ROYAL ASTRONOMICAL SOCIETY, ETC., ETC.
-
-
- Illustrated
-
-
- [Illustration]
-
-
- BOSTON.
- TICKNOR AND COMPANY
- 211 Tremont Street
- 1888
-
-
-
-
- COPYRIGHT, 1884, 1885, 1886, AND 1887, BY THE CENTURY CO.;
- AND 1887, BY S. P. LANGLEY.
-
- _All rights reserved._
-
- University Press:
- JOHN WILSON AND SON, CAMBRIDGE.
-
-
-
-
-PREFACE.
-
-
-I have written these pages, not for the professional reader, but with
-the hope of reaching a part of that educated public on whose support
-he is so often dependent for the means of extending the boundaries of
-knowledge.
-
-It is not generally understood that among us not only the support
-of the Government, but with scarcely an exception every new private
-benefaction, is devoted to “the Old” Astronomy, which is relatively
-munificently endowed already; while that which I have here called “the
-New,” so fruitful in results of interest and importance, struggles
-almost unaided.
-
-We are all glad to know that Urania, who was in the beginning but a
-poor Chaldean shepherdess, has long since become well-to-do, and dwells
-now in state. It is far less known than it should be that she has a
-younger sister now among us, bearing every mark of her celestial birth,
-but all unendowed and portionless. It is for the reader’s interest in
-the latter that this book is a plea.
-
-
-
-
-CONTENTS.
-
-
- CHAPTER PAGE
-
- I. SPOTS ON THE SUN 1
-
- II. THE SUN’S SURROUNDINGS 35
-
- III. THE SUN’S ENERGY 70
-
- IV. THE SUN’S ENERGY (_Continued_) 91
-
- V. THE PLANETS AND THE MOON 117
-
- VI. METEORS 175
-
- VII. COMETS 199
-
- VIII. THE STARS 221
-
-
- INDEX 253
-
-
-
-
-LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS.
-
-
- FIGURE PAGE
-
- 1. THE SUN’S SURROUNDINGS 4
-
- 2. VIEW OF THE SUN ON SEPT. 20, 1870 6
-
- 3. THE SUN ON SEPT. 22, 1870 6
-
- 4. THE SUN ON SEPT. 26, 1870 7
-
- 5. THE SUN ON SEPT. 19, 1870 8
-
- 6. THE SUN ON SEPT. 20, 1870 8
-
- 7. THE SUN ON SEPT. 21, 1870 9
-
- 8. THE SUN ON SEPT. 22, 1870 9
-
- 9. THE SUN ON SEPT. 23, 1870 10
-
- 10. THE SUN ON SEPT. 26, 1870 10
-
- 11. NASMYTH’S WILLOW LEAVES 11
-
- 12. THE CACTUS TYPE 12
-
- 13. EQUATORIAL TELESCOPE AND PROJECTION 13
-
- 14. POLARIZING EYE-PIECE 14
-
- 15. SPOT OF SEPT. 21, 1870 15
-
- 16. SPOT OF MARCH 5, 1873 15
-
- 17. SUN ON MARCH 5, 1873 18
-
- 18. “THE PLUME” SPOT OF MARCH 5 AND 6, 1873 19
-
- 19. TYPICAL SUN-SPOT OF DECEMBER, 1873 21
-
- 20. FROST CRYSTAL 23
-
- 21. CYCLONE SPOT 24
-
- 22. SPOT OF MARCH 31, 1875 25
-
- 23. CIRROUS CLOUD 27
-
- 24. SPOT OF MARCH 31, 1875 28
-
- 25. TYPICAL ILLUSTRATION OF FAYE’S THEORY 29
-
- 26. SPOT OF OCT. 13, 1876 30
-
- 27. PHOTOGRAPH OF EDGE OF SUN 31
-
- 28. FACULA 33
-
- 29. LUNAR CONE SHADOW 36
-
- 30. TRACK OF LUNAR SHADOW 39
-
- 31. INNER CORONA ECLIPSE OF 1869 40
-
- 32. SKETCH OF OUTER CORONA, 1869 41
-
- 33. TACCHINI’S DRAWING OF CORONA OF 1870 43
-
- 34. WATSON’S NAKED-EYE DRAWING OF CORONA OF 1870 44
-
- 35. PHOTOGRAPH SHOWING COMMENCEMENT OF OUTER CORONA 45
-
- 36. ECLIPSE OF 1857, DRAWING BY LIAIS 48
-
- 37. ENLARGEMENT OF PART OF FIG. 38 49
-
- 38. FAC-SIMILE OF PHOTOGRAPH OF CORONA OF 1871 51
-
- 39. “SPECTRES” 54
-
- 40. OUTER CORONA OF 1878 57
-
- 41. SPECTROSCOPE SLIT AND SOLAR IMAGE 59
-
- 42. SLIT AND PROMINENCES 59
-
- 43. TACCHINI’S CHROMOSPHERIC CLOUDS 62
-
- 44. TACCHINI’S CHROMOSPHERIC CLOUDS 62
-
- 45. VOGEL’S CHROMOSPHERIC FORMS 64
-
- 46. TACCHINI’S CHROMOSPHERIC FORMS 66
-
- 47. ERUPTIVE PROMINENCES 67
-
- 48. SUN-SPOTS AND PRICE OF GRAIN 77
-
- 49. SUN-SPOT OF NOV. 16, 1882, AND EARTH 80
-
- 50. GREENWICH RECORD OF DISTURBANCE OF MAGNETIC NEEDLE,
- NOV. 16 AND 17, 1882 81
-
- 51. SUN-SPOTS AND MAGNETIC VARIATIONS 87
-
- 52. GREENWICH MAGNETIC OBSERVATIONS, AUG. 3 AND 5, 1872 89
-
- 53. ONE CUBIC CENTIMETRE 93
-
- 54. POUILLET’S PYRHELIOMETER 93
-
- 55. BERNIÈRES’S GREAT BURNING-GLASS 103
-
- 56. A “POUR” FROM THE BESSEMER CONVERTER 105
-
- 57. PHOTOMETER-BOX 108
-
- 58. MOUCHOT’S SOLAR ENGINE 109
-
- 59. ERICSSON’S NEW SOLAR ENGINE, NOW IN PRACTICAL USE IN NEW
- YORK 113
-
- 60. SATURN 119
-
- 61. THE EQUATORIAL TELESCOPE AT WASHINGTON 122
-
- 62. JUPITER, MOON, AND SHADOW 125
-
- 63. THREE VIEWS OF MARS 129
-
- 64. MAP OF MARS 129
-
- 65. THE MOON 137
-
- 66. THE FULL MOON 141
-
- 67. GLASS GLOBE, CRACKED 145
-
- 68. PLATO AND THE LUNAR ALPS 149
-
- 69. THE LUNAR APENNINES: ARCHIMEDES 153
-
- 70. VESUVIUS AND NEIGHBORHOOD OF NAPLES 157
-
- 71. PTOLEMY AND ARZACHEL 161
-
- 72. MERCATOR AND CAMPANUS 165
-
- 73. WITHERED HAND 168
-
- 74. IDEAL LUNAR LANDSCAPE AND EARTH-SHINE 169
-
- 75. WITHERED APPLE 171
-
- 76. GASSENDI. NOV. 7, 1867 173
-
- 77. THE CAMP AT MOUNT WHITNEY 177
-
- 78. VESUVIUS DURING AN ERUPTION 183
-
- 79. METEORS OBSERVED NOV. 13 AND 14, 1868, BETWEEN MIDNIGHT
- AND FIVE O’CLOCK, A. M. 189
-
- 80. COMET OF DONATI, SEPT. 16, 1858 201
-
- 81. “A PART OF A COMET” 203
-
- 82. COMET OF DONATI, SEPT. 24, 1858 205
-
- 83. COMET OF DONATI, OCT. 3, 1858 209
-
- 84. COMET OF DONATI, OCT. 9, 1858 213
-
- 85. COMET OF DONATI, OCT. 5, 1858 217
-
- 86. TYPES OF STELLAR SPECTRA 222
-
- 87. THE MILKY WAY 225
-
- 88. SPECTRA OF STARS IN PLEIADES 231
-
- 89. SPECTRUM OF ALDEBARAN 235
-
- 90. SPECTRUM OF VEGA 235
-
- 91. GREAT NEBULA IN ORION 239
-
- 92. A FALLING MAN 243
-
- 93. A FLASH OF LIGHTNING 245
-
-
-
-
-THE NEW ASTRONOMY.
-
-
-
-
-I.
-
-SPOTS ON THE SUN.
-
-
-The visitor to Salisbury Plain sees around him a lonely waste,
-utterly barren except for a few recently planted trees, and otherwise
-as desolate as it could have been when Hengist and Horsa landed in
-Britain; for its monotony is still unbroken except by the funeral
-mounds of ancient chiefs, which dot it to its horizon, and contrast
-strangely with the crowded life and fertile soil which everywhere
-surround its borders. In the midst of this loneliness rise the rude,
-enormous monoliths of Stonehenge,--circles of gray stones, which seem
-as old as time, and were there, as we now are told, the temple of a
-people which had already passed away, and whose worship was forgotten,
-when our Saxon forefathers first saw the place.
-
-In the centre of the inner circle is a stone which is believed once
-to have been the altar; while beyond the outmost ring, quite away to
-the northeast upon the open plain, still stands a solitary stone,
-set up there evidently with some special object by the same unknown
-builders. Seen under ordinary circumstances, it is difficult to divine
-its connection with the others; but we are told that once in each
-year, upon the morning of the longest day, the level shadow of this
-distant, isolated stone is projected at sunrise to the very centre of
-the ancient sanctuary, and falls just upon the altar. The primitive
-man who devised this was both astronomer and priest, for he not only
-adored the risen god whose first beams brought him light and warmth,
-but he could mark its place, and though utterly ignorant of its nature,
-had evidently learned enough of its motions to embody his simple
-astronomical knowledge in a record so exact and so enduring that though
-his very memory has gone, common men are still interested in it; for,
-as I learned when viewing the scene, people are accustomed to come from
-all the surrounding country, and pass in this desolate spot the short
-night preceding the longest day of the year, to see the shadow touch
-the altar at the moment of sunrise.
-
-Most great national observatories, like Greenwich or Washington,
-are the perfected development of that kind of astronomy of which
-the builders of Stonehenge represent the infancy. Those primitive
-men could know where the sun would rise on a certain day, and make
-their observation of its place, as we see, very well, without knowing
-anything of its physical nature. At Greenwich the moon has been
-observed with scarcely an intermission for one hundred and fifty
-years, but we should mistake greatly did we suppose that it was for
-the purpose of seeing what it was made of, or of making discoveries in
-it. This immense mass of Greenwich observations is for quite another
-purpose,--for the very practical purpose of forming the lunar tables,
-which, by means of the moon’s place among the stars, will tell the
-navigator in distant oceans where he is, and conduct the fleets of
-England safely home.
-
-In the observatory at Washington one may see a wonderfully exact
-instrument, in which circles of brass have replaced circles of stone,
-all so bolted between massive piers that the sun can be observed by
-it but once daily, as it crosses the meridian. This instrument is the
-completed attainment along that long line of progress in one direction,
-of which the solitary stone at Stonehenge marks the initial step,--the
-attainment, that is, purely of precision of measurement; for the
-astronomer of to-day can still use his circles for the special purpose
-of fixing the sun’s place in the heavens, without any more knowledge of
-that body’s chemical constitution than had the man who built Stonehenge.
-
-Yet the object of both is, in fact, the same. It is true that the
-functions of astronomer and priest have become divided in the advance
-of our modern civilization, which has committed the special cultivation
-of the religious aspect of these problems to a distinct profession;
-while the modern observer has possibly exchanged the emotions of awe
-and wonder for a more exact knowledge of the equinox than was possessed
-by his primitive brother, who both observed and adored. Still, both
-aim at the common end, not of learning what the sun is made of, but
-of where it will be at a certain moment; for the prime object of
-astronomy, until very lately indeed, has still been to say _where_
-any heavenly body is, and not _what_ it is. It is this precision of
-measurement, then, which has always--and justly--been a paramount
-object of this oldest of the sciences, not only as a good in itself,
-but as leading to great ends; and it is this which the poet of Urania
-has chosen rightly to note as its characteristic, when he says,--
-
- “That little Vernier, on whose slender lines
- The midnight taper trembles as it shines,
- Tells through the mist where dazzled Mercury burns,
- And marks the point where Uranus returns.”
-
-But within a comparatively few years a new branch of astronomy has
-arisen, which studies sun, moon, and stars for what they are in
-themselves, and in relation to ourselves. Its study of the sun,
-beginning with its external features (and full of novelty and interest,
-even, as regards those), led to the further inquiry as to what it was
-made of, and then to finding the unexpected relations which it bore to
-the earth and our own daily lives on it, the conclusion being that, in
-a physical sense, it made us and re-creates us, as it were, daily, and
-that the knowledge of the intimate ties which unite man with it brings
-results of the most practical and important kind, which a generation
-ago were unguessed at.
-
-This new branch of inquiry is sometimes called Celestial Physics,
-sometimes Solar Physics, and is sometimes more rarely referred to as
-the New Astronomy. I will call it here by this title, and try to tell
-the reader something about it which may interest him, beginning with
-the sun.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 1.--THE SUN’S SURROUNDINGS.]
-
-The whole of what we have to say about the sun and stars presupposes a
-knowledge of their size and distance, and we may take it for granted
-that the reader has at some time or another heard such statements as
-that the moon’s distance is two hundred and forty thousand miles, and
-the sun’s ninety-three million (and very probably has forgotten them
-again as of no practical concern). He will not be offered here the
-kind of statistics which he would expect in a college text-book; but
-we must linger a moment on the threshold of our subject--the nature of
-these bodies--to insist on the real meaning of such figures as those
-just quoted. We are accustomed to look on the sun and moon as far off
-together in the sky; and though we know the sun is greater, we are apt
-to think of them vaguely as things of a common order of largeness,
-away among the stars. It would be safe to say that though nine out of
-ten readers have learned that the sun is larger than the moon, and, in
-fact, larger than the earth itself, most of them do not at all realize
-that the difference is so enormous that if we could hollow out the
-sun’s globe and place the earth in the centre, there would still be so
-much room that the moon might go on moving in her present orbit at two
-hundred and forty thousand miles from the earth,--_all within the globe
-of the sun itself_,--and have plenty of room to spare.
-
-As to the distance of ninety-three million miles, a cannon-ball would
-travel it in about fifteen years. It may help us to remember that at
-the speed attained by the Limited Express on our railroads a train
-which had left the sun for the earth when the “Mayflower” sailed from
-Delftshaven with the Pilgrim Fathers, and which ran at that rate day
-and night, would in 1887 still be a journey of some years away from
-its terrestrial station. The fare at the customary rates, it may be
-remarked, would be rather over two million five hundred thousand
-dollars, so that it is clear that we should need both money and leisure
-for the journey.
-
-Perhaps the most striking illustration of the sun’s distance is
-given by expressing it in terms of what the physiologists would call
-velocity of nerve transmission. It has been found that sensation is not
-absolutely instantaneous, but that it occupies a very minute time in
-travelling along the nerves; so that if a child puts its finger into
-the candle, there is a certain almost inconceivably small space of
-time, say the one-hundredth of a second, before he feels the heat. In
-case, then, a child’s arm were long enough to touch the sun, it can be
-calculated from this known rate of transmission that the infant would
-have to live to be a man of over a hundred before it knew that its
-fingers were burned.
-
-Trying with the help of these still inadequate images, we may get some
-idea of the real size and distance of the sun. I could wish not to have
-to dwell upon such figures, that seem, however, indispensable; but we
-are now done with these, and are ready to turn to the telescope and see
-what the sun itself looks like.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 2.--VIEW OF THE SUN ON SEPT. 20, 1870.]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 3.--THE SUN ON SEPT. 22, 1870.
-
-(FROM A PHOTOGRAPH)]
-
-The sun, as we shall learn later, is a star, and not a particularly
-large star. It is, as has been said, “only a private in the host of
-heaven,” but it is one of that host; it is one of those glittering
-points to which we have been brought near. Let us keep in mind, then,
-from the first, what we shall see confirmed later, that there is an
-essentially similar constitution in them all, and not forget that when
-we study the sun, as we now begin to do, we are studying the stars also.
-
-If we were called on to give a description of the earth and all that
-is on it, it would be easily understood that the task was impossibly
-great, and that even an account of its most striking general features
-might fill volumes. So it is with the sun; and we shall find that
-in the description of the general character of its immediate surface
-alone, there is a great deal to be told. First, let us look at a little
-conventional representation (Fig. 1), as at a kind of outline of the
-unknown regions we are about to explore. The circle represents the
-Photosphere, which is simply what the word implies, that “sphere” of
-“light” which we have daily before our eyes, or which we can study
-with the telescope. Outside this there is a thin envelope, which rises
-here and there into irregular prominences, some orange-scarlet, some
-rose-pink. This is the Chromosphere, a thin shell, mainly of crimson
-and scarlet tints, invisible even to the telescope except at the time
-of a total eclipse, when alone its true colors are discernible, but
-seen as to its form at all times by the spectroscope. It is always
-there, not hidden in any way, and yet not seen, only because it is
-overpowered by the intenser brilliancy of the Photosphere, as a
-glow-worm’s shine would be if it were put beside an electric light.
-Outside all is the strange shape, which represents the mysterious
-Corona, seen by the naked eye in a total eclipse, but at all other
-times invisible even to telescope and spectroscope, and of whose true
-nature we are nearly ignorant from lack of opportunity to study it.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 4.--THE SUN ON SEPT. 26, 1870.]
-
-Disregarding other details, let us carry in our minds the three main
-divisions,--the Photosphere, or daily visible surface of the sun, which
-contains nearly all its mass or substance; the Chromosphere; and the
-unsubstantial Corona, which is nevertheless larger than all the rest.
-We begin our examination with the Photosphere.
-
-There are records of spots having been seen with the naked eye before
-the invention of the telescope, but they were supposed to be planets
-passing between us and the surface; and the idea that the sun was pure
-fire, necessarily immaculate, was taught by the professors of the
-Aristotelian philosophy in mediæval schools, and regarded almost as
-an article of religious faith. We can hardly conceive, now, the shock
-of the first announcement that spots were to be found on the sun, but
-the notion partook in contemporary minds at once of the absurd and the
-impious; and we notice here, what we shall have occasion to notice
-again, that these physical discoveries from the first affect men’s
-thoughts in unexpected ways, and modify their scheme of the moral
-universe as well as of the physical one.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 5.--SEPT. 19, 1870.]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 6.--SEPT. 20, 1870.
-
-(ENGRAVED FROM A PHOTOGRAPH BY RUTHERFURD.)]
-
-Very little indeed was added to the early observations of Fabricius and
-Galileo until a time within the remembrance of many of us; for it is
-since the advent of the generation now on the stage that nine-tenths of
-the knowledge of the subject has been reached.
-
-Let us first take a general view of the sun, and afterward study it
-in detail. What we see with a good telescope in this general view is
-something like this. Opposite are three successive views (Figs. 2, 3,
-4) taken on three successive days,--quite authentic portraits, since
-the sun himself made them; they being, in fact, projected telescopic
-images which have been fixed for us by photography, and then exactly
-reproduced by the engraver. The first was taken (by Mr. Rutherfurd, of
-New York) on the 20th of September, 1870, when a remarkably large spot
-had come into view. It is seen here not far from the eastern edge (the
-left hand in the engraving), and numerous other spots are also visible.
-The reader should notice the position of these, and then on turning to
-the next view (Fig. 3, taken on September 22d) he will see that they
-have all shifted their places, by a common motion toward the west. The
-great spot on the left has now got well into view, and we can see its
-separate parts; the group which was on the left of the centre has got
-a little to the right of it, and so on. From the common motion of them
-all, we might suspect that the sun was turning round on an axis like
-the earth, carrying the spots with it; and as we continue to observe,
-this suspicion becomes certainty. In the third view (Fig. 4), taken on
-September 26th, the spot we first saw on the left has travelled more
-than half across the disk, while others we saw on September 20th have
-approached to the right-hand edge or passed wholly out of sight behind
-it. The sun does rotate, then, but in twenty-five or twenty-six of
-our days,--I say twenty-five _or_ twenty-six, because (what is very
-extraordinary) it does not turn all-of-a-piece like the earth, but some
-parts revolve faster than others,--not only faster in feet and inches,
-but in the number of turns,--just as though the rim of a carriage wheel
-were to make more revolutions in a mile than the spokes, and the spokes
-more than the hub. Of course no solid wheel could so turn without
-wrenching itself in pieces, but that the great solar wheel does, is
-incontestable; and this alone is a convincing proof that the sun’s
-surface is not solid, but liquid or gaseous.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 7.--SEPT. 21, 1870.]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 8.--SEPT. 22, 1870.]
-
-But let us return to the great spot which we saw coming round the
-eastern edge. Possibly the word “great” may seem misapplied to what was
-but the size of a pin-head in the first engraving, but we must remember
-that the disk of the sun there shown is in reality over 800,000 miles
-in diameter. We shall soon see whether this spot deserves to be called
-“great” or not.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 9.--SEPT. 23, 1870.]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 10.--SEPT. 26, 1870.]
-
-Next we have six enlarged views of it on the 19th, 20th, 21st, 22d,
-23d, and 26th. On the 19th it is seen very near the eastern limb,
-showing like a great hole in the sun, and foreshortened as it comes
-into view around the dark edge; for the edge of the sun is really
-darker than the central parts, as it is shown here, or as one may see
-even through a smoked glass by careful attention. On the 20th we have
-the edge still visible, but on the 21st the spot has advanced so far
-that the edge cannot be shown for want of room. We see distinctly
-the division of the spot into the outer shades which constitute the
-penumbra, and the inner darker ones which form the umbra and nucleus.
-We notice particularly in this enlarged view, by comparing the
-appearances on the 21st, 22d, and 23d, that the spot not only turns
-with the sun (as we have already learned), but moves and changes within
-itself in the most surprising way, like a terrestrial cloud, which
-not only revolves with the rest of the globe, but varies its shape
-from hour to hour. This is seen still more plainly when we compare
-the appearance on the 23d with that on the 26th, only three days
-later, where the process has begun by which the spot finally breaks
-up and forever disappears. On looking at all this, the tremendous
-scale on which the action occurs must be borne in mind. On the 21st,
-for instance, the umbra, or dark central hole, alone was large enough
-to let the whole globe of our own earth drop in without touching
-the sides! We shall have occasion to recur to this view of the 21st
-September again.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 11.--NASMYTH’S WILLOW LEAVES. (FROM HERSCHEL’S
-“OUTLINES OF ASTRONOMY.”)]
-
-In looking at this spot and its striking changes, the reader must not
-omit to notice, also, a much less obvious feature,--the vaguely seen
-mottlings which show all over the sun’s surface, both quite away from
-the spots and also close to them, and which seem to merge into them.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 12.--THE CACTUS TYPE. (FROM SECCHI’S “LE SOLEIL.”)]
-
-I think if we assign one year rather than another for the birth of the
-youthful science of solar physics, it should be 1861, when Kirchhoff
-and Bunsen published their memorable research on Spectrum Analysis,
-and when Nasmyth observed what he called the “willow-leaf” structure
-of the solar surface (see Fig. 11). Mr. Nasmyth, with a very powerful
-reflecting telescope, thought he had succeeded in finding what these
-faint mottlings really are composed of, and believed that he had
-discovered in them some most extraordinary things. This is what he
-thought he saw: The whole sun is, according to him, covered with huge
-bodies of most definite shape, that of the oblong willow leaf, and of
-enormous but uniform size; and the faint mottlings the reader has just
-noticed are, according to him, made up of these. “These,” he says,
-“cover the whole disk of the sun (except in the space occupied by the
-spots) in countless millions, and lie crossing each other in every
-imaginable direction.” Sir John Herschel took a particular interest
-in the supposed discovery, and, treating it as a matter of established
-fact, proceeded to make one of the most amazing suggestions in
-explanation that ever came from a scientific man of deserved eminence.
-We must remember how much there is unknown in the sun still, and what
-a great mystery even yet overhangs many of our relations to that body
-which maintains our own vital action, when we read the following words,
-which are Herschel’s own. Speaking of these supposed spindle-shaped
-monsters, he says:
-
- “The exceedingly definite shape of these objects, their exact
- similarity to one another, and the way in which they lie across
- and athwart each other,--all these characters seem quite
- repugnant to the notion of their being of a vaporous, a cloudy,
- or a fluid nature. Nothing remains but to consider them as
- separate and independent sheets, flakes, or scales, having some
- sort of solidity. And these ... are evidently _the immediate
- sources of the solar light and heat_, by whatever mechanism or
- whatever processes they may be enabled to develop, and as it were
- elaborate, these elements from the bosom of the non-luminous
- fluid in which they appear to float. Looked at in this point of
- view, we cannot refuse to regard them as _organisms_ of some
- peculiar and amazing kind; and though it would be too daring to
- speak of such organization as partaking of the nature of life,
- yet we do know that vital action is competent to develop at once
- heat and light and electricity.”
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 13.--EQUATORIAL TELESCOPE AND PROJECTION.]
-
-Such are his words; and when we consider that each of these solar
-inhabitants was supposed to extend about two hundred by one thousand
-miles upon the surface of the fiery ocean, we may subscribe to Mr.
-Proctor’s comment, that “Milton’s picture of him who on the fires of
-hell ‘lay floating many a rood,’ seems tame and commonplace compared
-with Herschel’s conception of these floating monsters, the least
-covering a greater space than the British Islands.”
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 14.--POLARIZING EYE-PIECE.]
-
-I hope I may not appear wanting in respect for Sir John Herschel--a man
-whose memory I reverence--in thus citing views which, if his honored
-life could have been prolonged, he would have abandoned. I do so
-because nothing else can so forcibly illustrate the field for wonder
-and wild conjecture solar physics presented even a few years ago; and
-its supposed connection with that “Vital Force,” which was till so
-lately accepted by physiology, serves as a kind of landmark on the way
-we have come.
-
-This new science of ours, then, youthful as it is, has already had its
-age of fable.
-
-After a time Nasmyth’s observation was attributed to imperfect
-definition, but was not fairly disproved. He had, indeed, a basis of
-fact for his statement, and to him belongs the credit of first pointing
-out the existence of this minute structure, though he mistook its true
-character. It will be seen later how the real forms might be mistaken
-for leaves, and _in certain particular cases_ they certainly do take on
-a very leaf-like appearance. Here is a drawing (Fig. 12) which Father
-Secchi gives of some of them in the spot of April 14, 1867, and which
-he compares to a branch of cactus. He remarks somewhere else that they
-resemble a crystallization of sal-ammoniac, and calls them veils of
-most intricate structure. This was the state of our knowledge in 1870,
-and it may seem surprising that such wonderful statements had not been
-proved or disproved, when they referred to mere matters of observation.
-But direct observation is here very difficult on account of the
-incessant tremor and vibration of our own atmosphere.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 15.--SPOT OF SEPT. 21, 1870. (REDUCED FROM AN
-ORIGINAL DRAWING BY S. P. LANGLEY.)]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 16.--SPOT OF MARCH 5, 1873. (REDUCED FROM AN
-ORIGINAL DRAWING BY S. P. LANGLEY.)]
-
-The surface of the sun may be compared to an elaborate engraving,
-filled with the closest and most delicate lines and hatchings, but an
-engraving which during ninety-nine hundredths of the time can only be
-seen across such a quivering mass of heated air as makes everything
-confused and liable to be mistaken, causing what is definite to look
-like a vaguely seen mottling. It is literally true that the more
-delicate features we are about to show, are only distinctly visible
-even by the best telescope during less than one-hundredth of the
-time, coming out as they do in brief instants when our dancing air is
-momentarily still, so that one who has sat at a powerful telescope all
-day is exceptionally lucky if he has secured enough glimpses of the
-true structure to aggregate five minutes of clear seeing, while at all
-other times the attempt to magnify only produces a blurring of the
-image. This study, then, demands not only fine telescopes and special
-optical aids, but endless patience.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 17.--SUN ON MARCH 5, 1873. (FROM A DRAWING BY S. P.
-LANGLEY.)]
-
-My attention was first particularly directed to the subject in 1870
-(shortly after the regular study of the Photosphere was begun at the
-Allegheny Observatory by means of its equatorial telescope of thirteen
-inches’ aperture), with the view of finding out what this vaguely seen
-structure really is. Nearly three years of constant watching were given
-to obtain the results which follow. The method I have used for it is
-indicated in the drawing (Fig. 13), which shows the preliminary step
-of projecting the image of the sun directly upon a sheet of paper,
-divided into squares and attached to the eye-end of a great equatorial
-telescope. When this is directed to the sun in a darkened dome, the
-solar picture is formed upon the paper as in a camera obscura, and this
-picture can be made as large or as small as we please by varying the
-lenses which project it. As the sun moves along in the sky, its image
-moves across the paper; and as we can observe how long the whole sun
-(whose diameter in miles is known) takes to cross, we can find how many
-miles correspond to the time it is in crossing one of the squares, and
-so get the scale of the future drawing, and the true size in miles of
-the spot we are about to study. Then a piece of clock-work attached to
-the telescope is put in motion, and it begins to follow the sun in the
-sky, and the spot appears fixed on the paper. A tracing of the spot’s
-outline is next made, but the finer details are not to be observed by
-this method, which is purely preliminary, and only for the purpose
-of fixing the scale and the points of the compass (so to speak) on
-the sun’s face. The projecting apparatus is next removed and replaced
-by the polarizing eye-piece. Sir William Herschel used to avoid the
-blinding effects of the concentrated solar light by passing the rays
-through ink and water, but the phenomena of “polarization” have been
-used to better advantage in modern apparatus. This instrument, one
-of the first of its kind ever constructed, and in which the light is
-polarized with three successive reflections through the three tubes
-seen in the drawing (Fig. 14), was made in Pittsburgh as a part of the
-gift of apparatus by one of its citizens to the Observatory, and has
-been most useful. By its aid the eye can be safely placed where the
-concentrated heat would otherwise melt iron. In practice I have often
-gazed through it at the sun’s face without intermission from four to
-five hours, with no more fatigue or harm to the eye than in reading a
-book. By its aid the observer fills in the outline already projected on
-the paper.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 18.--“THE PLUME” SPOT OF MARCH 5 AND 6, 1873. (FROM
-AN ORIGINAL DRAWING BY S. P. LANGLEY.)]
-
-The photograph has transported us already so near the sun’s surface
-that we have seen details there invisible to the naked eye. We have
-seen that what we have called “spots” are indeed regions whose actual
-vastness surpasses the vague immensity of a dream, and it will not
-cause surprise that in them is a temperature which also surpasses
-greatly that of the hottest furnace. We shall see later, in fact, that
-the whole surface is composed largely of metals turned into vapor in
-this heat, and that if we could indeed drop our great globe itself upon
-the sun, it would be dissipated as a snow-flake. Now, we cannot suppose
-this great space is fully described when we have divided it into the
-penumbra, umbra, and nucleus, or that the little photograph has shown
-us all there is, and we rather anticipate that these great spaces must
-be filled with curious things, if we could get near enough to see them.
-We cannot advantageously enlarge our photograph further; but if we
-could really come closer, we should have the nearer view that the work
-at Allegheny, I have just alluded to, now affords. The drawing (Fig.
-15) of the central part of the same great spot, already cited, was made
-on the 21st of September, 1870, and may be compared with the photograph
-of that day. We have now a greatly more magnified view than before, but
-it is not blurred by the magnifying, and is full of detail. We have
-been brought within two hundred thousand miles of the sun, or rather
-less than the actual distance of the moon, and are seeing for ourselves
-what was a few years since thought out of the reach of any observer.
-See how full of intricate forms that void, black, umbral space in
-the photograph has become! The penumbra is filled with detail of the
-strangest kind, and there are two great “bridges,” as they are called,
-which are almost wholly invisible in the photograph. Notice the line
-in one of the bridges which follows its sinuosities through its whole
-length of twelve thousand miles, making us suspect that it is made up
-of smaller parts as a rope is made up of cords (as, in fact, it is);
-and look at the end, where the cords themselves are unravelled into
-threads fine as threads of silk, and these again resolved into finer
-fibres, till in more and more web-like fineness it passes beyond the
-reach of sight! I am speaking, however, here rather of the wonderful
-original, as I so well remember it, than of what my sketch or even the
-engraver’s skill can render.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 19.--TYPICAL SUN SPOT OF DECEMBER, 1873.
-
-(REDUCED FROM AN ORIGINAL DRAWING BY S. P. LANGLEY.)]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 20.--FROST CRYSTAL.]
-
-Next we have quite another “spot” belonging to another year (1873).
-First, there is a view (Fig. 17) of the sun’s disk with the spot on
-it (as it would appear in a small telescope), to show its relative
-size, and then a larger drawing of the spot itself (Fig. 16), on a
-scale of twelve thousand miles to the inch, so that the region shown
-to the reader’s eyes, though but a “spot” on the sun, covers an area
-of over one billion square miles, or more than five times the entire
-surface of the earth, land, and water. To help us to conceive its
-vastness, I have drawn in one corner the continents of North and South
-America on the same scale as the “spot.” Notice the evidence of
-solar whirlwinds and the extraordinary “plume” (Fig. 16), which is a
-something we have no terrestrial simile for. The appearance of the
-original would have been described most correctly by such incongruous
-images as “leaf-like” and “crystalline” and “flame-like;” and even in
-this inadequate sketch there may remain some faint suggestion of the
-appearance of its wonderful archetype, which was indeed that of a great
-flame leaping into spires and viewed through a window covered with
-frost crystals. Neither “frost” nor “flame” is really there, but we
-cannot avoid this seemingly unnatural union of images, which was fully
-justified by the marvellous thing itself. The reader must bear in mind
-that the whole of this was actually in motion, not merely turning with
-the sun’s rotation, but whirling and shifting within itself, and that
-the motion was in parts occasionally probably as high as fifty miles
-per second,--per _second_, remember, not per hour,--so that it changed
-under the gazer’s eyes. The hook-shaped prominence in the lower part
-(actually larger than the United States) broke up and disappeared in
-about twenty minutes, or while the writer was engaged in drawing it.
-The imagination is confounded in an attempt to realize to itself the
-true character of such a phenomenon.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 21.--CYCLONE SPOT. (DRAWN BY FATHER SECCHI.)]
-
-On page 19 is a separate view of the plume (Fig. 18), a fac-simile of
-the original sketch, which was made with the eye at the telescope. The
-pointed or flame-like tips are not a very common form, the terminals
-being more commonly clubbed, like those in Father Secchi’s “branch
-of cactus” type given on page 12. It must be borne in mind, too, if
-the drawing does not seem to contain all that the text implies, that
-there were but a few minutes in which to attempt to draw, where even a
-skilled draughtsman might have spent hours on the details momentarily
-visible, and that much must be left to memory. The writer’s note-book
-at the time contains an expression of despair at his utter inability to
-render most of what he saw.
-
-Let us now look at another and even more wonderful example. Fig. 19
-shows part of a great spot which the writer drew in December, 1873,
-when the rare coincidence happened of a fine spot and fine terrestrial
-weather to observe it in. In this, as well as in the preceding drawing,
-the pores which cover the sun’s surface by millions may be noted. The
-luminous dots which divide them are what Nasmyth imperfectly saw, but
-we are hardly more able than he to say what they really are. Each of
-these countless “dots” is larger than England, Scotland, and Ireland
-together! The wonderful “crystalline” structure in the centre cannot
-be a real crystal, for it is ten times the area of Europe, and changed
-slowly while I drew it; but the reader may be sure that its resemblance
-to some crystallizations has not been in the least exaggerated. I have
-sought to study various actual crystals for comparison, but found none
-quite satisfactory. That of sal-ammoniac in some remote way resembles
-it, as Secchi says; but perhaps the frost crystals on a window-pane
-are better. Fig. 20 shows one selected among several windows I had
-photographed in a preceding winter, which has some suggestions of the
-so-called crystalline spot-forms in it, but which lacks the filamentary
-thread-like components presently described. Of course the reader will
-understand that it is given as a suggestion of the appearance merely,
-and that no similarity of nature is meant to be indicated.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 22.--SPOT OF MARCH 31, 1875. (FROM AN ORIGINAL
-DRAWING BY S. P. LANGLEY.)]
-
-There were wonderful fern-like forms in this spot, too, and an
-appearance like that of pine-boughs covered with snow; for, strangely
-enough, the intense whiteness of the solar surface in the best
-telescopes constantly suggests cold. I have had the same impression
-vividly in looking at the immense masses of molten-white iron in a
-great puddling-furnace. The salient feature here is one very difficult
-to see, even in good telescopes, but one which is of great interest. It
-has been shown in the previous drawings, but we have not enlarged on
-it. Everywhere in the spot are long white threads, or filaments, lying
-upon one another, tending in a general sense toward the centre, and
-each of which grows brighter toward its inner extremity. These make up,
-in fact, as we now see, the penumbra, or outer shade, and the so-called
-“crystal” is really affiliated to them. Besides this, on closer looking
-we see that the inner shade, or umbra, and the very deepest shades, or
-nuclei, are really made of them too. We can look into the dark centre,
-as into a funnel, to the depth of probably over five thousand miles;
-but as far as we may go down we come to no liquid or solid floor, and
-see only volumes of whirling vapor, disposed not vaguely like our
-clouds, but in the singularly definite, fern-like, flower-like forms
-which are themselves made of these “filaments,” each of which is from
-three to five thousand miles long, and from fifty to two hundred miles
-thick, and each of which (as we saw in the first spot) appears to be
-made up like a rope of still finer and finer strands, looking in the
-rare instants when irradiation makes an isolated one visible, like a
-thread of gossamer or the finest of cobweb. These suggest the fine
-threads of spun glass; and here there is something more than a mere
-resemblance of form, for both appear to have one causal feature in
-common, due to a viscous or “sticky” fluid; for there is much reason to
-believe that the solar atmosphere, even where thinner than our own air,
-is rendered viscous by the enormous heat, and owes to this its tendency
-to pull out in strings in common with such otherwise dissimilar things
-as honey, or melted sugar, or melted glass.
-
-We may compare those mysterious things, the filaments, to long grasses
-growing in the bed of a stream, which show us the direction and the
-eddies of the current. The likeness holds in more ways than one. They
-are not lying, as it were, flat upon the surface of the water, but
-_within_ the medium; and they do not stretch along in any one plane,
-but they bend down and up. Moreover, they are, as we see, apparently
-rooted at one end, and their tips rise above the turbid fluid and grow
-brighter as they are lifted out of it. But perhaps the most significant
-use of the comparison is made if we ask whether the stream is moving in
-an eddy like a whirlpool or boiling up from the ground. The question
-in other words is, “Are these spots themselves the sign of a mere
-chaotic disturbance, or do they show us by the disposition of these
-filaments that each is a great solar maelstrom, carrying the surface
-matter of the sun down into its body? or, finally, are they just the
-opposite,--something comparable to fiery fountains or volcanoes on the
-earth, throwing up to the surface the contents of the unknown solar
-interior?”
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 23.--CIRROUS CLOUD. (FROM A PHOTOGRAPH.)]
-
-Before we try to answer this question, let us remember that the
-astonishing rapidity with which these forms change, and still more the
-fact that they do not by any means always change by a bodily removal
-of one part from another, but by a dissolving away and a fading out
-into invisibility, like the melting of a cloud into thin air,--let us
-remember that all this assimilates them to something cloud-like and
-vaporous, rather than crystalline, and that, as we have here seen,
-we can ourselves pronounce from such results of recent observation
-that these are not lumps of scoriæ floating on the solar furnace (as
-some have thought them), and still less, literal crystals. We can see
-for ourselves, I believe, that so far there is no evidence here of
-any solid, or even liquid, but that the surface of the sun is purely
-vaporous. Fig. 23 shows a cirrous cloud in our own atmosphere, caught
-for us by photography, and which the reader will find it interesting to
-compare with the apparently analogous solar cloud-forms.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 24.--SPOT OF MARCH 31, 1875. (FROM AN ORIGINAL
-DRAWING BY S. P. LANGLEY.)]
-
-“Vaporous,” we call them, for want of a better word, but without
-meaning that it is like the vapor of our clouds. There is no exact
-terrestrial analogy for these extraordinary forms, which are in fact,
-as we shall see later, composed of iron and other metals--not of solid
-iron nor even of liquid, but iron heated beyond even the liquid state
-to that of iron-steam or vapor.
-
-With all this in mind, let us return to the question, “Are the spots,
-these gigantic areas of disturbance, comparable to whirlpools or to
-volcanoes?” It may seem unphilosophical to assume that they are one
-or the other, and in fact they may possibly be neither; but it is
-certain that the surface of the sun would soon cool from its enormous
-temperature, if it were not supplied with fresh heat, and it is almost
-certain that this heat is drawn from the interior. As M. Faye has
-pointed out,[1] there _must_ be a circulation up and down, the cooled
-products being carried within, heated and brought out again, or the
-sun would, however hot, grow cold outside; and, what is of interest
-to us, the earth would grow cold also, and we should all die. No one,
-I believe, who has studied the subject, will contradict the statement
-that if the sun’s surface were absolutely cut off from any heat supply
-from the interior, organic life in general upon the earth (and our
-own life in particular) would cease much within a month. This solar
-circulation, then, is of nearly as much consequence to us as that of
-our own bodies, if we but knew it; and now let us look at the spots
-again with this in mind.
-
- [1] To Mr. Herbert Spencer must be assigned the earliest
- suggestion of the necessity of such a circulation.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 25.--TYPICAL ILLUSTRATION OF FAYE’S THEORY.]
-
-Fig. 21 shows a drawing by Father Secchi of a spot in 1854; and it is,
-if unexaggerated, quite the most remarkable case of distinct cyclonic
-action recorded. I say “if unexaggerated” because there is a strong
-tendency in most designers to select what is striking in a spot, and
-to emphasize that unduly, even when there is no conscious disposition
-to alter. Every one who sketches may see a similar unconscious
-tendency in himself or herself, shown in a disposition to draw all the
-mountains and hills too high,--a tendency on which Ruskin, I think,
-has remarked. In drawings of the sun there is a strong temptation to
-exaggerate these circular forms, and we must not forget this in making
-up the evidence. There is great need of caution, then, in receiving
-such representations; but there certainly are forms which seem to be
-clearly due to cyclonic action. They are usually scattered, however,
-through larger spots, and I have never, in all my study of the sun,
-seen one such complete type of the cyclone spot as that first given
-from Secchi. Instances where spots break up into numerous subdivisions
-by a process of “segmentation” under the apparent action of separate
-whirlwinds are much more common. I have noticed, as an apparent effect
-of this segmentation, what I may call the “honeycomb structure” from
-its appearance with low powers, but which with higher ones turns out to
-be made up of filamentary masses disposed in circular and ovoid curves,
-often apparently overlying one another, and frequently presenting a
-most curious resemblance to vegetable forms, though we appear to see
-the real agency of whirlwinds in making them. I add some transcripts
-of my original pencil memoranda themselves, made with the eye at the
-telescope, which, though not at all finished drawings, may be trusted
-the more as being quite literal transcripts at first hand.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 26.--SPOT OF OCT. 13, 1876. (FROM ORIGINAL DRAWING
-BY S. P. LANGLEY.)]
-
-Figs. 22 and 24, for instance, are two sketches of a little spot,
-showing what, with low powers, gives the appearance I have called the
-honeycomb structure, but which we see here to be due to whirls which
-have disposed the filaments in these remarkable forms. The first was
-drawn at eleven in the forenoon of March 31, 1875, the second at
-three in the afternoon of the same day. The scale of the drawing is
-fifteen thousand miles to the inch, and the changes in this little
-spot in these few hours imply a cataclysm compared with which the
-disappearance of the American continent from the earth’s surface would
-be a trifle.
-
-The very act of the solar whirlwind’s motion seemed to pass before my
-eyes in some of these sketches; for while drawing them as rapidly as
-possible, a new hole would be formed where there was none before, as if
-by a gigantic invisible auger boring downward.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 27.--PHOTOGRAPH OF EDGE OF SUN. (BY PERMISSION OF
-WARREN DE LA RUE, LONDON.)]
-
-M. Faye, the distinguished French astronomer, believes that, owing to
-the fact that different zones of the sun rotate faster than others,
-whirlwinds analogous to our terrestrial cyclones, but on a vaster
-scale, are set in motion, and suck down the cooled vapors of the solar
-surface into its interior, to be heated and returned again, thus
-establishing a circulation which keeps the surface from cooling down.
-He points out that we should not conclude that these whirlwinds are not
-acting everywhere, merely because our bird’s-eye view does not always
-show them. We see that the spinning action of a whirlpool in water
-becomes more marked as we go below the surface, which is comparatively
-undisturbed, and we often see one whirl break up into several minor
-ones, but all sucking downward and never upward. According to M. Faye,
-something very like this takes place on the sun, and in Fig. 25 he
-gives this section to show what he believes to occur in the case of a
-spot which has “segmented,” or divided into two, like the one whose
-(imaginary) section is shown above it. This theory is to be considered
-in connection with such drawings as we have just shown, which are
-themselves, however, no way dependent on theory, but transcripts from
-Nature.
-
-I do not here either espouse or oppose the “cyclonic” theory, but it is
-hardly possible for any one who has been an eyewitness of such things
-to refuse to regard some such disturbance as a real and efficient cause
-in such instances as this.
-
-Fig. 26, on nearly the same scale as the last, shows a spot which was
-seen on Oct. 13, 1876. It looked at first, in the telescope, like two
-spots without any connection; then, as vision improved and higher
-powers were employed, the two were seen to have a subtle bond of union,
-and each to be filled with the most curious foliage-forms, which I
-could only indicate in the few moments that the good definition lasted.
-The reader may be sure, I think, that there is no exaggeration of the
-curious shapes of the original; for I have been so anxious to avoid the
-overstatement of curvature that the error is more likely to be in the
-opposite direction.
-
-We must conclude that the question as to the cyclonic hypothesis cannot
-yet be decided, though the probabilities from telescopic evidence
-at present seem to me on the whole in favor of M. Faye’s remarkable
-theory, which has the great additional attraction to the student that
-it unites and explains numerous other quite disconnected facts.
-
-Turning now to the other solar features, let us once more consider
-the sun as a whole. Fig. 27 is a photograph taken from a part of the
-sun near its edge. We notice on it, what we see on every careful
-delineation of the sun, that its general surface is not uniformly
-bright, but that it grows darker as we approach the edge, where it
-is marked by whiter mottlings called faculæ, “something in the sun
-brighter than the sun itself,” and looking in the enlarged view which
-we present of one of them (Fig. 28), as if the surface of partly
-cooled metal in a caldron had been broken into fissures showing the
-brighter glow beneath. These “faculæ,” however, are really above the
-solar surface, not below it, and what we wish to direct particular
-attention to is that darkening toward the edge which makes them visible.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 28.--FACULA. (FROM A DRAWING BY CHACORNAC.)]
-
-This is very significant, but its full meaning may not at first be
-clear. It is owing to an atmosphere which surrounds the sun, as the
-air does the earth. When we look horizontally through our own air, as
-at sunrise and sunset, we gaze through greater thicknesses of it than
-when we turn our eyes to the zenith. So when we look at the edge of
-the sun, the line of sight passes through greater depths of this solar
-atmosphere, and it dims the light shining behind it more than at the
-centre, where it is thin.
-
-This darkening toward the edge, then, means that the sun has an
-atmosphere which tempers its heat to us. Whatever the sun’s heat
-supply is within its globe, if this atmosphere grow thicker, the
-heat is more confined within, and our earth will grow colder; if the
-solar atmosphere grow thinner, the sun’s energy will be expended more
-rapidly, and our earth will grow hotter. This atmosphere, then, is in
-considerable part, at least, the subject of the action of the spots;
-this is what they are supposed to carry down or to spout up.
-
-We shall return to the study of it again; but what I want to point out
-now is that the temperature of the earth, and even the existence of man
-upon it, depends very much upon this, at first sight, insignificant
-phenomenon. What, then, is the solar atmosphere? Is it a permanent
-thing? Not at all. It is more light and unsubstantial than our own
-air, and is being whirled about by solar winds as ours toss the dust
-of the streets. It is being sucked down within the body of the sun by
-some action we do not clearly understand, and returned to the surface
-by some counter effect which we comprehend no better; and upon this
-imperfectly understood exchange depends in some way our own safety.
-
-There used to be recorded in medical books the case of a boy who, to
-represent Phœbus in a Roman mask, was gilded all over to produce the
-effect of the golden-rayed god, but who died in a few hours because,
-all the pores of the skin being closed by the gold-leaf, the natural
-circulation was arrested. We can count with the telescope millions of
-pores upon the sun’s surface, which are in some way connected with the
-interchange which has just been spoken of; and if this, his own natural
-circulation, were arrested or notably diminished, we should see his
-face grow cold, and know that our own health, with the life of all the
-human race, was waiting on his recovery.
-
-
-
-
-II.
-
-THE SUN’S SURROUNDINGS.
-
-
-As I write this, the fields glitter with snow-crystals in the winter
-noon, and the eye is dazzled with a reflection of the splendor which
-the sun pours so fully into every nook that by it alone we appear to
-see everything.
-
-Yet, as the day declines, and the glow of the sunset spreads up to the
-zenith, there comes out in it the white-shining evening star, which
-not the light, but the darkness, makes visible; and as the last ruddy
-twilight fades, not only this neighbor-world, whose light is fed from
-the sunken sun, but other stars appear, themselves self-shining suns,
-which were above us all through the day, unseen because of the very
-light.
-
-As night draws on, we may see the occasional flash of a shooting-star,
-or perhaps the auroral streamers spreading over the heavens; and
-remembering that these will fade as the sun rises, and that the nearer
-they are to it the more completely they will be blotted out, we infer
-that if the sun were surrounded by a halo of only similar brightness,
-this would remain forever invisible,--unless, indeed, there were
-some way of cutting off the light from the sun without obscuring its
-surroundings. But if we try the experiment of holding up a screen which
-just conceals the sun, nothing new is seen in its vicinity, for we are
-also lighted by the neighboring sky, which is so dazzlingly bright with
-reflected light as effectually to hide anything which may be behind it,
-so that to get rid of this glare we should need to hang up a screen
-_outside_ the earth’s atmosphere altogether.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 29.--LUNAR CONE SHADOW.]
-
-Nature hangs such a screen in front of the earth when the moon passes
-between it and the sun; but as the moon is far too small to screen
-all the earth completely, and as so limited a portion of its surface
-is in complete shadow that the chances are much against any given
-individual’s being on the single spot covered by it, many centuries
-usually elapse before such a _total_ eclipse occurs at any given point;
-while yet almost every year there may be a partial eclipse, when, over
-a great portion of the earth at once, people may be able to look round
-the moon’s edge and see the sunlight but partly cut off. Nearly every
-one, then, has seen a partial eclipse of the sun, but comparatively few
-a total one, which is quite another thing, and worth a journey round
-the world to behold; for such a nimbus, or glory, as we have suggested
-the possibility of, does actually exist about the sun, and becomes
-visible to the naked eye on the rare occasions when it is visible at
-all, accompanied by phenomena which are unique among celestial wonders.
-
-The “corona,” as this solar crown is called, is seen during a total
-eclipse to consist of a bright inner light next the invisible sun,
-which melts into a fainter and immensely extended radiance (the writer
-has followed the latter to the distance of about ten million miles),
-and all this inner corona is filled with curious detail. All this is
-to be distinguished from another remarkable feature seen at the same
-time; for close to the black body of the moon are prominences of a
-vivid crimson and scarlet, rising up like mountains from the hidden
-solar disk, and these, which will be considered later, are quite
-distinct from the corona, though seen on the background of its pearly
-light.
-
-To understand what the lunar screen is doing for us, we may imagine
-ourselves at some station outside the earth, whence we should behold
-the moon’s shadow somewhat as in Fig. 29, where we must remember that
-since the lunar orbit is not a circle, but nearly an ellipse, the
-moon is at some times farther from the earth than at others. Here the
-extremity of its shadow is represented as just touching the surface of
-the globe, while it is evident that if the moon were at its greatest
-distance, its shadow might come to a point before reaching the earth at
-all. We speak, of course, only of the central cone of shade; for there
-is an outer one, indicated by the faint dotted lines, within whose much
-more extended limits the eclipse is partial, but with the latter we
-have at present nothing to do. The figure however, for want of room,
-is made to represent the proportions incorrectly, the real ones of the
-shadow being actually something like those of a sewing-needle,--this
-very long attenuated shadow sometimes, as we have just said, not
-reaching the earth at all, and when it does reach it, covering at the
-most a very small region indeed. Where this point touches, and wherever
-it rests, we should, in looking down from our celestial station, see
-that part of the earth in complete shadow, appearing like a minute dark
-spot, whose lesser diameter is seldom over a hundred and fifty miles.
-
-The eclipse is total only to those inhabitants of the earth within
-the track of this dark spot, though the spot itself travels across
-the earth with the speed of the moon in the sky; so that if it could
-leave a mark, it would in a few hours trace a dark line across the
-globe, looking like a narrow black tape curving across the side of the
-world next the sun. In Fig. 30, for instance, is the central track of
-the eclipse of July 29, 1878, as it would be visible to our celestial
-observer, beginning in Alaska in the forenoon, and ending in the Gulf
-of Mexico, which it reached in the afternoon. To those on the earth’s
-surface within this shadow it covered everything in view, and, for
-anything those involved in it could see, it was all-embracing and
-terrible, and worthily described in such lines as Milton’s,--
-
- “As when the sun ...
- In dim eclipse, disastrous twilight sheds
- On half the nations, and with fear of change
- Perplexes monarchs.”
-
-We may enjoy the poet’s vision; but here, while we look down on
-the whole earth at once, we must admit that the actual area of the
-“twilight” is very small indeed. Within this area, however, the
-spectacle is one of which, though the man of science may prosaically
-state the facts, perhaps only the poet could render the impression.
-
-We can faintly picture, perhaps, how it would seem, from a station
-near the lunar orbit, to see the moon--a moving world--rush by with a
-velocity greater than that of the cannon-ball in its swiftest flight;
-but with equal speed its shadow actually travels along the earth. And
-now, if we return from our imaginary station to a real one here below,
-we are better prepared to see why this flying shadow is such a unique
-spectacle; for, small as it may be when seen in relation to the whole
-globe, it is immense to the observer, whose entire horizon is filled
-with it, and who sees the actual velocity of one of the heavenly
-bodies, as it were, brought down to him.
-
-The reader who has ever ascended to the Superga, at Turin, will recall
-the magnificent view, and be able to understand the good fortune of
-an observer (Forbes) who once had the opportunity to witness thence
-this phenomenon, and under a nearly cloudless sky. “I perceived,” he
-says, “in the southwest a black shadow like that of a storm about to
-break, which obscured the Alps. It was the lunar shadow coming toward
-us.” And he speaks of the “stupefaction”--it is his word--caused by
-the spectacle. “I confess,” he continues, “it was the most terrifying
-sight I ever saw. As always happens in the cases of sudden, silent,
-unexpected movements, the spectator confounds real and relative motion.
-I felt almost giddy for a moment, as though the massive building under
-me bowed on the side of the coming eclipse.” Another witness, who had
-been looking at some bright clouds just before, says: “The bright cloud
-I saw distinctly put out like a candle. The rapidity of the shadow, and
-the intensity, produced a feeling that something material was sweeping
-over the earth at a speed perfectly frightful. I involuntarily listened
-for the rushing noise of a mighty wind.”
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 30--TRACK OF LUNAR SHADOW.]
-
-Each one notes something different from another at such a time; and
-though the reader will find minute descriptions of the phenomena
-already in print, it will perhaps be more interesting if, instead of
-citations from books, I invite him to view them with me, since each can
-tell best what he has personally seen.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 31.--INNER CORONA ECLIPSE OF 1869. FROM SHELBYVILLE
-PHOTOGRAPH. (ROYAL ASTRONOMICAL SOCIETY’S MEMOIRS.)]
-
-I have witnessed three total eclipses, but I do not find that
-repetition dulls the interest. The first was that of 1869, which
-passed across the United States and was nearly central over Louisville.
-My station was on the southern border of the eclipse track, not very
-far from the Mammoth Cave in Kentucky, and I well remember that
-early experience. The special observations of precision in which I
-was engaged would not interest the reader; but while trying to give
-my undivided attention to these, a mental photograph of the whole
-spectacle seemed to be taking without my volition. First, the black
-body of the moon advanced slowly on the sun, as we have all seen it do
-in partial eclipses, without anything noticeable appearing; nor till
-the sun was very nearly covered did the light of day about us seem
-much diminished. But when the sun’s face was reduced to a very narrow
-crescent, the change was sudden and startling, for the light which fell
-on us not only dwindled rapidly, but became of a kind unknown before,
-so that a pallid appearance overspread the face of the earth with an
-ugly livid hue; and as this strange wanness increased, a cold seemed to
-come with it. The impression was of something _unnatural_; but there
-was only a moment to note it, for the sun went out as suddenly as a
-blown-out gas-jet, and I became as suddenly aware that all around,
-where it had been, there had been growing into vision a kind of ghostly
-radiance, composed of separate pearly beams, looking distinct each from
-each, as though the black circle where the sun once was, bristled with
-pale streamers, stretching far away from it in a sort of crown.
-
-This was the mysterious corona, only seen during the brief moments
-while the shadow is flying overhead; but as I am undertaking to recall
-faithfully the impressions of the instant, I may admit that I was at
-the time equally struck with a circumstance that may appear trivial
-in description,--the extraordinary globular appearance of the moon
-herself. We all know well enough that the moon is a solid sphere, but
-it commonly _looks_ like a bright, flat circle fastened to the concave
-of the starry vault; and now, owing to its unwonted illumination, the
-actual rotundity was seen for the first time, and the result was to
-show it as it really is,--a monstrous, solid globe, suspended by some
-invisible support above the earth, with nothing apparent to keep it
-from tumbling on us, looking at the moment very near, and more than
-anything else like a gigantic black cannon-ball, hung by some miracle
-in the air above the neighboring cornfield. But in a few seconds all
-was over; the sunlight flashed from one point of the moon’s edge and
-then another, almost simultaneously, like suddenly kindled electric
-lights, which as instantly flowed into one, and it was day again.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 32.--SKETCH OF OUTER CORONA, 1869. (U. S. COAST
-SURVEY REPORT.)]
-
-I have spoken of the “unnatural” appearance of the light just before
-totality. This is not due to excited fancy, for there is something
-so essentially different from the natural darkness of twilight, that
-the brute creation shares the feeling with us. Arago, for instance,
-mentions that in the eclipse of 1842, at Perpignan, where he was
-stationed, a dog which had been kept from food twenty-four hours was,
-to test this, thrown some bread just before “totality” began. The
-dog seized the loaf, began to devour it ravenously, and then, as the
-appearance already described came on, he dropped it. The darkness
-lasted some minutes, but not till the sun came forth again did the poor
-creature return to the food. It is no wonder, then, that men also,
-whether educated or ignorant, do not escape the impression. A party of
-the courtiers of Louis XV. is said to have gathered round Cassini to
-witness an eclipse from the terrace of the Paris observatory, and to
-have been laughing at the populace, whose cries were heard as the light
-began to fade; when, as the unnatural gloom came quickly on, a sudden
-silence fell on them too, the panic terror striking through their
-laughter. Something common to man and the brute speaks at such times,
-if never before or again; something which is not altogether physical
-apprehension, but more like the moral dismay when the shock of an
-earthquake is felt for the first time, and we first know that startling
-doubt, superior to reason, whether the solid frame of earth is real,
-and not “baseless as the fabric of a vision.”
-
-But this is appealing for illustration to an experience which most
-readers have doubtless been spared,[2] and I would rather cite the
-lighter one of our central party that day, a few miles north of me,
-at Shelbyville. In this part of Kentucky the colored population was
-large, and (in those days) ignorant of everything outside the life of
-the plantation, from which they had only lately been emancipated. On
-that eventful 8th of August they came in great numbers to view the
-enclosure and the tents of the observing party, and to inquire the
-price of the show. On learning that they might see it without charge
-from the outside, a most unfavorable opinion was created among them as
-to the probable merits of so cheap a spectacle, and they crowded the
-trees about the camp, shouting to each other sarcastic comments on the
-inferior interest of the entertainment. “Those trees there,” said one
-of the observers to me the next day, “were black with them, and they
-kept up their noise till near the last, when they suddenly stopped, and
-all at once, and as ‘totality’ came, we heard a wail and a noise of
-tumbling, as though the trees had been shaken of their fruit, and then
-the boldest did not feel safe till he was under his own bed in his own
-cabin.”
-
- [2] This was written before the “Charleston earthquake”
- occurred.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 33.--TACCHINI’S DRAWING OF CORONA OF 1870.
-
-(SECCHI’S “LE SOLEIL.”)]
-
-It is impossible to give an exact view of what our friends at
-Shelbyville saw, for no drawings made there appear to have been
-preserved, and photography at that time could only indicate feebly
-the portion of the corona near the sun where it is brightest. Fig.
-31 is a fac-simile of one of the photographs taken on the occasion,
-which is interesting perhaps as one of the early attempts in this
-direction, for comparison with later ones; but as a picture it is very
-disappointing, for the whole structure of the outer corona we have
-alluded to is missed altogether, the plate having taken no impression
-of it.
-
-A drawing (Fig. 32) made by another observer, Mr. M’Leod, at
-Springfield, represents more of the outer structure; but the reader
-must remember that all drawings must, in the nature of the case (since
-there are but two or three minutes to sketch in), be incomplete,
-whatever the artist’s skill.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 34.--WATSON’S NAKED-EYE DRAWING OF CORONA OF 1870.
-(U. S. COAST SURVEY REPORT.)]
-
-Up to this time it was still doubtful, not only what the corona
-was, but where it was; whether it was a something about the sun or
-moon, or whether, indeed, it might not be in our own atmosphere. The
-spectroscopic observations of Professors Young and Harkness at this
-same eclipse of a green line in its spectrum, due to some glowing
-gas, showed conclusively that it was largely, at any rate, a solar
-appendage, and partly, at least, self-luminous; and these and other
-results having awakened general discussion among astronomers in Europe
-as well as at home, the United States Government sent an expedition,
-under the direction of the late Professor Pierce, to observe an eclipse
-which in the next year, on Dec. 8, 1870, was total in the south of
-Spain. There were three parties; and of the most western of these,
-which was at Xeres under the charge of Professor Winlock, I was a
-member.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 35.--PHOTOGRAPH SHOWING COMMENCEMENT OF OUTER
-CORONA.
-
-(ROYAL ASTRONOMICAL SOCIETY’S MEMOIRS.)]
-
-The duration of totality was known beforehand. It would last two
-minutes and ten seconds, and to secure what could be seen in this brief
-interval we crossed the ocean. Our station was in the midst of the
-sherry district, and a part of the instruments were in an orange-grove,
-where the ground was covered with the ripe fallen fruit, while the
-olive and vine about us in December reminded us of the distance we had
-come to gather the results of so brief an opportunity.
-
-To prepare for it, we had all arrived on the ground some weeks
-beforehand, and had been assiduously busy in installing the
-apparatus in the observing camp, which suggested that of a small
-army, the numerous instruments, some of them of considerable
-size,--equatorials, photographic apparatus, polariscopes, photometers,
-and spectroscopes,--being under tents, the fronts of which could be
-lifted when the time came for action.
-
-To the equatorial telescopes photographic cameras are attached instead
-of the eye-pieces, in the hope that the corona may be made to impress
-itself on the plate instead of on the eye. The eye is an admirable
-instrument itself, no doubt; but behind it is a brain, perhaps
-overwrought with excitement, and responding too completely to the
-nervous tension which most of us experience when those critical moments
-are passing so rapidly. The camera can see far less of the corona than
-the man, _but it has no nerves_, and what it sets down we may rely on.
-
-At such a time each observer has some particular task assigned to
-him, on which, if wise, he has drilled himself for weeks beforehand,
-so that no hesitation or doubt may arise in the moment of action; and
-his attention is expected to be devoted to this duty alone, which may
-keep him from noting any of the features which make the occasion so
-impressive as a spectacle. Most of my own particular work was again of
-a kind which would not interest the reader.
-
-Apart from this, I can recall little but the sort of pain of
-expectation, as the moment approached, till within a minute before
-totality the hum of voices around ceased, and an utter and most
-impressive silence succeeded, broken only by a low “Ah!” from the group
-without the camp, when the moment came. I remember that the clouds,
-which had hung over the sun while the moon was first advancing on its
-body, cleared away before the instant of totality, so that the last
-thing I saw was a range of mountains to the eastward still bright
-in the light; then, the next moment, the shadow rushed overhead and
-blotted out the distant hills, almost before I could turn my face to
-the instrument before me.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 36.--ECLIPSE OF 1857, DRAWING BY LIAIS. (ROYAL
-ASTRONOMICAL SOCIETY’S MEMOIRS.)]
-
-The corona appeared to me a different thing from what it did the year
-before. It was apparently confined to a pearly light of a roughly
-quadrangular shape, close to the limb of the sun, broken by dark rifts
-(one of which was a conspicuous object); while within, and close to
-the limb, was what looked like a mountain rising from the hidden sun,
-of the color of the richest tint we should see in a rose-leaf held up
-against the light, while others were visible of an orange-scarlet.
-After a short scrutiny I turned to my task of analyzing the nature of
-the white light.
-
-The seconds fled, the light broke out again, and so did the hubbub
-of voices,--it was all over, and what had been missed then could not
-be recovered. The sense of self-reproach for wasted opportunity is
-a common enough feeling at this time, though one may have done his
-best, so little it seems to each he has accomplished; but when all the
-results had been brought together, we found that the spectroscopes,
-cameras, and polariscopes had each done their work, and the journey had
-not been taken in vain. In one point only we all differed, and this
-was about the direct ocular evidence, for each seemed to have seen a
-different corona, and the drawings of it were singularly unlike. Here
-are two (Figs. 33 and 34) taken at this eclipse at the same time,
-and from neighboring stations, by two most experienced astronomers,
-Tacchini and Watson. No one could guess that they represented the same
-object, and a similar discrepancy was common.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 37.--ENLARGEMENT OF PART OF FIG. 38.]
-
-Considering that these were trained experts, whose special task it
-was, in this case, to draw the corona, which therefore claimed their
-undivided attention, I hardly know a more striking instance of the
-fallibility of human testimony. The evidence of several observers,
-however, pointed to the fact that the light really was more nearly
-confined to the part next the sun than the year before, so that the
-corona had probably changed during that interval, and grown smaller,
-which was remarkable enough. The evidence of the polariscope, on the
-whole, showed it to be partly due to reflected sunlight, while the
-spectroscope in the hands of Professor Young confirmed the last year’s
-observation, that it was also, and largely, self-luminous. Finally,
-the photographs, taken at very distant stations, showed the same dark
-rifts in the same place, and thus brought confirmatory evidence that
-it was not a local phenomenon in our own atmosphere. A photograph of
-it, taken by Mr. Brothers in Sicily, is the subject of the annexed
-illustration (Fig. 35), in which the very bright lights which, owing to
-“photographic irradiation,” seem to indent the moon, are chiefly due to
-the colored flames I have spoken of, which will be described later.
-
-It may be observed that the photographs taken in the next year (1871)
-were still more successful, and began to show still more of the
-structure, whose curious forms, resembling large petals, had already
-been figured by Liais. His drawing (Fig. 36), made in 1857, was
-supposed to be rather a fanciful sketch than a trustworthy one; but, as
-it will be seen, the photograph goes far to justify it.
-
-Figures 37 and 38 are copies published by Mr. Ranyard of the excellent
-photographs obtained in 1871, which are perhaps as good as anything
-done since, though even these do not show the outer corona. The first
-is an enlargement of a small portion of the detail in the second. It is
-scarcely possible for wood-engraving to reproduce the delicate texture
-of the original.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 38.--FAC-SIMILE OF PHOTOGRAPH OF CORONA OF 1871.
-
-(ROYAL ASTRONOMICAL SOCIETY’S MEMOIRS.)]
-
-The years brought round the eclipse of 1878, which was again in United
-States territory, the central track (as Fig. 30 has already shown)
-running directly over one of the loftiest mountains of the country,
-Pike’s Peak, in Colorado. Pike’s Peak, though over fourteen thousand
-feet high, is often ascended by pleasure tourists; but it is one thing
-to stay there for an hour or two, and another to take up one’s abode
-there and get acclimated,--for to do the latter we must first pass
-through the horrors (not too strong a word) of mountain-sickness.
-This reaches its height usually on the second or third day, and is
-something like violent sea-sickness, complicated with the sensations
-a mouse may be supposed to have under the bell of an air-pump. After
-a week the strong begin to get over it, but none but the very robust
-should take its chances, as we did, without preparation; for on the
-night before the eclipse the life of one of our little party was
-pronounced in danger, and he was carried down in a litter to a cabin at
-an altitude of about ten thousand feet, where he recovered so speedily
-as to be able to do good service on the following day. The summit
-of the “Peak” is covered with great angular bowlders of splintered
-granite, among which we laid logs brought up for firewood, and on
-these, sacks of damp hay, then stretching a little tent over all and
-tying it down with wire to the rocks, we were fain to turn in under
-damp blankets, and to lie awake with incessant headache, drawing long,
-struggling breaths in the vain attempt to get air, and wondering how
-long the tent would last, as the canvas flapped and roared with a noise
-like that of a loose sail in a gale at sea, with occasional intervals
-of a dead silence, usually followed by a gust that shoved against the
-tent with the push of a solid body, and if a sleepers shoulders touched
-the canvas, shouldered him over in his bed. The stout canvas held, but
-the snow entered with the wind and lay in a deep drift on the pillow,
-when I woke after a brief sleep toward morning, and, looking out on the
-gray dawn, found that the snow had turned to hail, which was rattling
-sharply on the rocks with an accompaniment of thunder, which seemed to
-roll from all parts of the horizon. The snow lay thick, and the sheets
-of hail were like a wall, shutting out the sight of everything a few
-rods off, and this was in July! I thought of my December station in
-sunny Andalusia.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 39.--“SPECTRES.”]
-
-Hail, rain, sleet, snow, fog, and every form of bad weather continued
-for a week on the summit, while it was almost always clear below.
-It was often a remarkable sight to go to the edge and look down. The
-expanse of “the plains,” which stretched eastward to a horizon line
-over a hundred miles distant, would be in bright sunshine beneath,
-while the hail was all around and above us; and the light coming _up_
-instead of down gave singular effects when the clouds parted below, the
-plains seeming at such times to be opalescent with luminous yellow and
-green, as though the lower world were translucent, and the sun were
-beneath it and shining up through. Fig. 39 is a picture of three of us
-on the mountain-top, who saw a rarer spectacle; for directly opposite
-the setting sun, and on the mist over the gulf beyond us, was a bright
-ring, in whose centre were three phantom images of our three selves,
-which moved as we moved, and then faded as the sun sank. It was “the
-spectre of the Brocken.” These ghostly presentments were tolerably
-defined, as in the sketch, but did not seem to be gigantic, as some
-have described them. We rather thought them close at hand; but before
-we could determine, the vision faded.
-
-The clouds, to our good fortune, rolled away on the 29th; and a
-number of pleasure-seekers, who came up to view the eclipse and the
-unwonted bright sunshine, made a scene which it was hard to identify
-with the usual one. This time my business was to draw the corona; and
-the extreme altitude and the clearness of the air, with perhaps some
-greater extension than usual in the object itself, enabled it to be
-followed to an unprecedented distance. During totality the sun was
-surrounded by a narrow ring--hardly more than a line--of vivid light,
-presenting no structure to the naked eye (but a remarkable one in
-the telescope); and this faded with great suddenness into a circular
-nebulous luminosity between two and three diameters of the sun wide,
-but without such marked plumes, or filaments, as I had seen in 1869.
-The most extraordinary thing, however, was a beam of light, inclined
-at an angle of about forty-five degrees, about as wide as the sun,
-and extending to the distance of nearly six of its diameters on one
-side and over twelve on the other; on one side alone, that is, to the
-amazing distance of over ten million miles from its body. Substantially
-the same observation was made, as it appeared later, by Professor
-Newcomb, at a lower level. The direction, when more carefully measured,
-it was interesting to note, coincided closely with that of the Zodiacal
-light, and a faint central rib added to its resemblance to that body.
-It is noteworthy, in illustration of what has already been said as
-to the conflict of ocular testimony, that though I, with the great
-majority of observers below, saw only this beam, two witnesses whose
-evidence is unimpeachable, Professors Young and Abbe, saw a pale beam
-at right angles to it; and that one observer did not see the beam in
-question at all. Fig. 40 is a sketch made from my own, but necessarily
-on a scale which can show only its general features.
-
-With the telescope, the whole of the bright inner light close to the
-sun was found to be made up of filaments, more definite even than those
-described in a previous chapter as seen in sun-spots, and bristling in
-all directions from the edge; not concealing each other, as we might
-expect such things to do, upon a sphere, but fringing the sun’s edge in
-definite outline, as though it were really but a disk.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 40.--OUTER CORONA OF 1878. (U. S. NAVAL
-OBSERVATORY.)]
-
-Those who were at leisure to watch the coming shadow of the moon
-described its curved outline as distinctly visible on the plains. “A
-rounded ball of darkness with an orange-yellow border,” one called
-it. Those, again, who looked down on the bright clouds below say the
-shadow was preceded by a yellow fringe, casting a bright light over
-the clouds and passing into orange, pink, rose-red, and dark-red, in
-about twenty seconds. This beautiful effect was noticed by nearly all
-the amateur observers present, who had their attention at liberty, and
-was generally unseen by the professional ones, who were shut up in dark
-tents with photometers, or engaged otherwise than in admiring the glory
-of the spectacle as a spectacle merely. This strange light, forming a
-band of color about the shadow as seen from above, must have really
-covered ten miles or more in width, and have occupied a considerable
-fraction of a minute in passing over the heads of those below, to whom
-it probably constituted that lurid light on their landscape I have
-spoken of as so peculiar and “unnatural.” It seems to be due to the
-colored flames round the sun, which shine out when its brighter light
-is extinguished. I should add that on the summit of Pike’s Peak the
-corona did not entirely disappear at the instant the sun broke forth
-again, but that its outlying portions first went and then its brighter
-and inner ones, till our eager gaze, trying to follow it as long as
-possible, only after the lapse of some minutes saw the last of the
-wonderful thing disappear and “fade into the light of common day.”
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 41.--SPECTROMETER SLIT AND SOLAR IMAGE. (FROM “THE
-SUN,” BY YOUNG.)]
-
-There have been other eclipses since; but, in spite of all, our
-knowledge of the corona remains very incomplete, and if the most
-learned in such matters were asked what it was, he could probably
-answer truthfully, “I don’t know.”
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 42.--SLIT AND PROMINENCES.
-
-(“THE SUN,” BY YOUNG.)]
-
-This will not be wondered at when it is considered that as total
-eclipses come, about every other year, and continue, one with another,
-hardly three minutes, an astronomer who should devote thirty years
-exclusively to the subject, never missing an eclipse in whatever
-quarter of the globe it occurred, would in that time have secured,
-in all, something like three-quarters of an hour for observation.
-Accordingly, what we know best about the corona is how it looks, what
-it _is_ being still largely conjecture; and it is for this reason that
-I have thought the space devoted to it would be best used by giving the
-unscientific reader some idea of the visible phenomena as they present
-themselves to an eyewitness. Treatises like Lockyer’s “Solar Physics,”
-Proctor’s “The Sun,” Secchi’s “Le Soleil,” and Young’s “The Sun” (the
-latter is most recent), will give the reader who desires to learn more
-of the little that is known, the fuller information which this is not
-the place for; but it may be said very briefly that it is certain that
-the corona is at times of enormous extent (the whole length of the
-longer beam seen on Pike’s Peak must have been over fourteen million
-miles), that it almost certainly changes in its shape and dimensions
-from year to year (possibly much oftener, but this we cannot yet
-know), and that it shines partly by its own and partly by reflected
-light. When we come to ask whether it is a gas or not, the evidence
-is conflicting. The appearance of the green coronal line, and other
-testimony we have not alluded to, would make it seem almost certain
-that there must be a gas here of extreme tenuity, reaching the height
-of some hundred thousand miles, at the least; while yet the fact that
-such light bodies as comets have been known to pass through it, close
-to the sun, without suffering any visible retardation, such as would
-come even from a gas far lighter than hydrogen, appears to throw doubt
-on evidence otherwise strong. It is possible to conceive of the corona,
-and especially of the outer portion, as very largely made up of minute
-particles such as form the scattered dust of meteoric trains, and this
-seems to be the most probable constitution of its outlying parts. It
-is even possible to conceive that it is in some degree a subjective
-phenomenon, caused, as Professor Hastings has suggested, by diffraction
-upon the edge of the moon,--the moon, that is, not merely serving as a
-screen to the sun to reveal the corona, but partly _making_ the corona
-by diffracting the light, somewhat as we see that the edge of any very
-distant object screening the sun is gilded by its beams. This effect
-may be seen when the sun rises or sets unusually clear, for objects on
-the horizon partly hiding it are then fringed for a moment with a line
-of light,--an appearance which has not escaped Shakspeare, where he
-says,--
-
- “But when from under this terrestrial ball
- He fires the tall tops of the eastern pines.”
-
-Still, in admitting the possibility of some such contributory effect on
-the part of the moon, we must not, of course, be understood as meaning
-that the corona as a whole does not have a real existence, quite
-independent of the changes which the presence of the moon may bring;
-and in leaving the wonderful thing we must remember that it is, after
-all, a reality, and not a phantasm.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 43.--TACCHINI’S CHROMOSPHERIC CLOUDS. (“MEMORIE
-DEGLI SPETTROSCOPISTI ITALIANI.”)]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 44.--TACCHINI’S CHROMOSPHERIC CLOUDS. (“MEMORIE
-DEGLI SPETTROSCOPISTI ITALIANI.”)]
-
-I have already described how, at the eclipse of 1870, I (with others)
-saw within the corona what seemed like rose and scarlet-colored
-mountains rising from the sun’s edge, an appearance which had first
-been particularly studied in the eclipse of 1868, two years before, and
-which, it might be added, Messrs. Lockyer and Janssen had succeeded in
-observing without an eclipse by the spectroscope. Besides the corona,
-it may be said, then, that the sun is surrounded by a thin envelope,
-rising here and there into prominences of a rose and scarlet color,
-invisible in the telescope, except at a total eclipse, but always
-visible through the spectroscope. It is within and quite distinct
-from the corona, and is usually called the “chromosphere,” being a
-sort of sphere of colored fire surrounding the sun, but which we can
-usually see only on the edge. “The appearance,” says Young, “is as if
-countless jets of heated gas were issuing through vents and spiracles
-over the whole surface, thus clothing it with flame, which heaves and
-tosses like the blaze of a conflagration.” Out of this, then, somewhat
-like greater waves or larger swellings of the colored fires, rise the
-prominences, whose place, close to the sun’s edge, has been indicated
-in many of the drawings and photographs just given of the corona, on
-whose background they are seen during eclipses; but as they can be
-studied at our leisure with the spectroscope, we have reserved a more
-particular description of them till now. They are at all times directly
-before us, as well as the corona; but while both are yet invisible from
-the overpowering brightness of the sunlight reflected from the earth’s
-atmosphere in front of them, these red flames are so far brighter than
-the coronal background, that if we could only weaken this “glare” a
-little, they at least might become visible, even if the corona were
-not. The difficulty is evidently to find some contrivance which will
-weaken the “glare” without enfeebling the prominences too; and this the
-spectroscope does by diffusing the white sunlight, while it lets the
-color pass nearly unimpaired. For the full understanding of its action
-the reader must be referred to such works as those on the sun already
-mentioned; but a general idea of it may be gathered, if we reflect
-that white light is composed of every possible variety of colors, and
-that the spectroscope, which consists essentially of a prism behind a
-very narrow slit through which the light enters, lets any single color
-pass freely, without weakening it or altering it in anything but its
-direction, but gives a different direction to each, and hence sorts out
-the tints, distributing them side by side, every one in its own place,
-upon the long colored band called the spectrum. If this distribution
-has spread the colors along a space a thousand times as wide as the
-original beam, the average light must be just so much weaker than the
-white light was, because this originally consisted of a thousand (let
-us say a thousand, but it is really an infinite number) mingled tints
-of blue, green, yellow, orange, and red, which have now been thus
-distributed. If, however, we look through the prism at a rose-leaf, and
-it has no blue, green, yellow, or orange in it, and nothing but pure
-red, as each single color passes unchanged, this red will, according
-to what has been said, be as bright after it has passed as before. All
-depends, then, on the fact that these prominences do consist mainly
-of light of one color, like the rose-leaf, so that this monochromatic
-light will be seen through the spectroscope just as it is, while the
-luminous veil of glaring white before it will seem to be brushed away.
-
-If a large telescope be directed toward the sun, the glass at the
-farther end will, if we remove the eye-piece, form a little picture
-of the sun, as a picture is formed in a camera-obscura; and now, if
-we also fasten the spectroscope to this eye-end, where the observer’s
-head would be were he looking through, the edge of the solar image may
-be made to fall just _off_ the slit, so that only the light from the
-prominences (and the white glare about them) shall pass in. To see
-this more clearly, let us turn our backs to the sun and the telescope,
-and look at the place where the image falls by the spectroscope slit,
-which in Fig. 41 is drawn of its full size. This is a brass plate,
-having a minute rectangular window, the “slit,” in it. The width of
-this slit is regulated by a screw, and any rays falling into the
-narrow aperture pass through the prism within, and finally fall on the
-observer’s eye, but not till they have been sorted by the prism in
-the manner described. Formed on the brass plate, just as it would be
-formed on a sheet of paper, or anything else held in the focus, we see
-the bright solar image, a circle of light perhaps an inch and a half
-in diameter,--a miniature of the sun with its spots. The whole of the
-sun (the photosphere) then is hidden to an observer who is looking up
-through the slit from the other side, for, as the sun’s edge does not
-quite touch the slit, none of its rays can enter it; but if there be
-also the image here of a prominence, projecting beyond the edge, and
-really overhanging the slit (though to us invisible on account of the
-glare about it), these rays will fall into the slit and pass down to
-the prism, which will dispose of it in the way already stated.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 45.--VOGEL’S CHROMOSPHERIC FORMS. (“BEOBACHTUNGEN,”
-DR. H. C. VOGEL.)]
-
-And now let us get to the other side, and, looking up through the prism
-with the aid of a magnifying-glass, see what it has done for us (Fig.
-42). The large rectangular opening here is the same as the small one
-which was visible from the outside, only that it is now magnified, and
-what was before invisible is seen; the edge of the sun itself is just
-hidden, but the scarlet flames of the chromosphere have become visible,
-with a cloudy prominence rising above them. The “flames” are flame-like
-only in form, for their light is probably due not to any combustion,
-but to the glow of intensely heated matter; and as its light is not
-quite pure red, we can, by going to another part of the spectrum, see
-the same thing repeated in orange, the effect being as though we had a
-number of long narrow windows, some glazed with red, some with orange,
-and some with other colors, through which we could look out at the
-same clouds. I have looked at these prominences often in this way; but
-I prefer, in the reader’s interest, to borrow from the description by
-Professor Young, who has made these most interesting and wonderful
-forms a special study.
-
-Let us premise that the depth of the crimson shell out of which they
-rise is usually less than five thousand miles, and that though the
-prominences vary greatly, the majority reach a height of nearly twenty
-thousand miles, while in exceptional cases this is immensely exceeded.
-Professor Young has seen one which grew to a height of three hundred
-and fifty thousand miles in an hour and a half, and in half an hour
-more had faded away.
-
-These forms fall into two main classes,--that of the quiet and
-cloud-like, and that of the eruptive,--the first being almost exactly
-in form like the clouds of our own sky, sometimes appearing to lie on
-the limb of the sun like a bank of clouds on the horizon, sometimes
-floating entirely free; while sometimes “the whole under surface is
-fringed with down-hanging filaments, which remind one of a summer
-shower hanging from a heavy thunder-cloud.”
-
-Here are some of the typical forms of the quieter ones:--
-
-Fig. 43, by Tacchini, the Director of the Roman Observatory, represents
-an ordinary prominence, or cloud-group in the chromosphere, whose
-height is about twenty-five thousand miles. The little spires of flame
-which rise, thick as grass-blades, everywhere from the surface, are
-seen on its right and left.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 46.--TACCHINI’S CHROMOSPHERIC FORMS. (“MEMORIE
-DEGLI SPETTROSCOPISTI ITALIANI.”)]
-
-Fig. 44 (Tacchini) is one where the agitation is greater and the
-“filamentary” type is more marked. Besides the curiously thread-like
-forms (so suggestive of what we have already seen in the photosphere),
-we have here what looks like an extended cloudy mass, drawn out by a
-horizontally moving wind.
-
-Fig. 45 (by Vogel, at Bothkamp) represents another of these numerous
-types.
-
-The extraordinary Fig. 46 is from another drawing, by Tacchini, of a
-protuberance seen in 1871 (a time of great solar disturbance), and it
-belongs to the more energetic of its class.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 47.--ERUPTIVE PROMINENCES. (“THE SUN,” BY YOUNG.)]
-
-This fantastic cloud-shape, “if shape it might be called that shape had
-none,” looking like some nightmare vision, was about fifty thousand
-miles long and sixty thousand high above the surface. The reader will
-notice also the fiery rain, like the drops from a falling rocket, and
-may add to it all, in imagination, the actual color, which is of a deep
-scarlet.
-
-It may add to the-interest such things excite, to know that they
-have some mysterious connection with a terrestrial phenomenon,--the
-aurora,--for the northern lights have been again and again noticed to
-dance in company with these solar displays.
-
-The eruptive prominences are very different in appearance, as will be
-seen by the next illustration, for which we are indebted to Professor
-Young.
-
-In Fig. 47 we have a group of most interesting views by him (drawn
-here on the common scale of seventy-five thousand miles to an inch),
-illustrating the more eruptive types, of which we will let him speak
-directly. The first shows a case of the vertical filaments, like those
-rocket-drops we saw just, now in Tacchini’s drawing, but here more
-marked; while the second (on the left side) is a cyclone-form, where
-the twisted stems suggest what we have seen before in the “bridges” of
-sun-spots, and below this is another example of filamentary forms.
-
-The upper one, on the right, is the view of a cloud prominence as it
-appeared at _half-past twelve_ o’clock, on Sept. 7, 1871. Below it is
-the same prominence at _one_ o’clock (half an hour later), when it
-has been shattered by some inconceivable explosion, blowing it into
-fragments, and driving the hydrogen to a height of two hundred thousand
-miles. The lowest figure on the right shows another case where inclined
-jets (of hydrogen) were seen to rise to a height of fifty thousand
-miles.
-
-Professor Young says of these:--
-
- “Their form and appearance change with great rapidity, so that
- the motion can almost be seen with the eye. Sometimes they
- consist of pointed rays, diverging in all directions, like
- hedgehog-spines. Sometimes they look like flames; sometimes like
- sheaves of grain; sometimes like whirling water-spouts, capped
- with a great cloud; occasionally they present most exactly the
- appearance of jets of liquid fire, rising and falling in graceful
- parabolas; frequently they carry on their edges spirals like the
- volutes of an Ionic column; and continually they detach filaments
- which rise to a great elevation, gradually expanding and growing
- fainter as they ascend, until the eye loses them. There is no end
- to the number of curious and interesting appearances which they
- exhibit under varying circumstances. The velocity of the motions
- often exceeds a hundred miles a second, and sometimes, though
- very rarely, reaches two hundred miles.”
-
-In the case of the particular phenomenon recorded by Professor Young in
-the last illustration, Mr. Proctor, however, has calculated that the
-initial velocity probably exceeded five hundred miles a second, which,
-except for the resistance experienced by the sun’s own atmosphere,
-would have hurled the ejected matter into space entirely clear of the
-sun’s power to recall it, so that it would never return.
-
-It adds to our interest in these flames to know that they at least are
-connected with that up-rush of heated matter from the sun’s interior,
-forming a part of the circulation which maintains both the temperature
-of its surface and that radiation on which all terrestrial life
-depends. The flames, indeed, add of themselves little to the heat the
-sun sends us, but they are in this way the outward and visible signs of
-a constant process within, by which we live; and so far they seem to
-have a more immediate interest to us, though invisible, than the corona
-which surrounds them. But we must remember when we lift our eyes to the
-sun that this latter wonder is really there, whether man sees it or
-not, and that the cause of its existence is still unknown.
-
-We ask for its “object” perhaps with an unconscious assumption that the
-whole must have been in some way provided to subserve _our_ wants; but
-there is not as yet the slightest evidence connecting its existence
-with any human need or purpose, and as yet we have no knowledge that,
-in this sense, it exists to any “end” at all. “As the thought of man is
-widened with the process of the suns,” let us hope that we shall one
-day know more.
-
-
-
-
-III.
-
-THE SUN’S ENERGY.
-
-
-“It is indeed,” says good Bishop Berkeley, “an opinion strangely
-prevailing amongst men that ... all sensible objects have an existence
-... distinct from their being perceived by the understanding. But
-... some truths there are, so near and obvious to the mind, that a
-man need only open his eyes to see them. Such I take this important
-one to be, namely, that all the choir of heaven and furniture of the
-earth--in a word, all those bodies which compose the mighty frame of
-the world--have not any subsistence without a mind.”
-
-We are not going to take the reader along “the high priori road” of
-metaphysics, but only to speak of certain accepted conclusions of
-modern experimental physics, which do not themselves, indeed, justify
-all of Berkeley’s language, but to which these words of the author of
-“A New Theory of Vision” seem to be a not unfit prelude.
-
-When we see a rose-leaf, we see with it what we call a color, and we
-are apt to think it is in the rose. But the color is in _us_, for it is
-a sensation which something coming from the sun excites in the eye; so
-that if the rose-leaf were still there, there would be no color unless
-there were an eye to receive and a brain to interpret the sensation.
-Every color that is lovely in the rainbow or the flower, every hue
-that is vivid in a ribbon or sombre in the grave harmonies of some
-old Persian rug, the metallic lustre of the humming-bird or the sober
-imperial yellow of precious china,--all these have no existence as
-color apart from the seeing eye, and all have their fount and origin in
-the sun itself.
-
-“Color” and “light,” then, are not, properly speaking, external things,
-but names given to the sensations caused by an uncomprehended something
-radiated from the sun, when this falls on our eyes. If this very same
-something falls on our face, it produces another kind of sensation,
-which we call “heat,” or if it falls on a thermometer it makes it rise;
-while if it rests long on the face it will produce yet another effect,
-“chemical action,” for it will _tan_ the cheek, producing a chemical
-change there; or it will do the like work more promptly if it meet a
-photographic plate. If we bear in mind that it is the identically same
-thing (whatever that is) which produces all these diverse effects, we
-see, some of us perhaps for the first time, that “color,” “light,”
-“radiant heat,” “actinism,” etc., are only names given to the diverse
-effects of some thing, not things themselves; so that, for instance,
-all the splendor of color in the visible world _exists only in the
-eye that sees it_. The reader must not suppose that he is here being
-asked to entertain any metaphysical subtlety. We are considering a fact
-almost universally accepted within the last few years by physicists,
-who now generally admit the existence of a something coming from the
-sun, which is not itself light, heat, or chemical action, but of which
-these are effects. When we give this unknown thing a name, we call it
-“radiant energy.”
-
-How it crosses the void of space we cannot be properly said to know,
-but all the phenomena lead us to think it is in the form of motion
-in some medium,--somewhat (to use an imperfect analogy) like the
-transmission through the air of the vibrations which will cause sound
-when they reach an ear. This, at any rate, is certain, that there is an
-action of some sort incessantly going on between us and the sun, which
-enables us to experience the effects of light and heat. We assume
-it to be a particular mode of vibration; but whatever it is, it is
-repeated with incomprehensible rapidity. Experiments recently made by
-the writer show that the _slower_ heat vibrations which reach us from
-the sun succeed each other nearly 100,000,000,000,000 times in a single
-second, while those which make us see, have long been known to be more
-rapid still. These pass outward from the sun in every direction, in
-ever-widening spheres; and in them, so far as we know, lies the potency
-of life for the planet upon whose surface they fall.
-
-Did the reader ever consider that next to the mystery of gravitation,
-which draws all things on the earth’s surface down, comes that
-mystery--not seen to be one because so familiar--of the occult force
-in the sunbeams which lifts things _up_? The incomprehensible energy
-of the sunbeam brought the carbon out of the air, put it together in
-the weed or the plant, and lifted each tree-trunk above the soil. The
-soil did not lift it, any more than the soil in Broadway lifted the
-spire of Trinity. Men brought stones there in wagons to build the
-church, and the sun brought the materials in its own way, and built up
-alike the slender shaft that sustains the grass blade and the column
-of the pine. If the tree or the spire fell, it would require a certain
-amount of work of men or horses or engines to set it up again. So much
-actual work, at least, the sun did in the original building; and if we
-consider the number of trees in the forest, we see that this alone is
-something great. But besides this, the sun locked up in each tree a
-store of energy thousands of times greater than that which was spent in
-merely lifting the trunk from the ground, as we may see by unlocking
-it again, when we burn the tree under the boiler of an engine; for it
-will develop a power equal to the lifting of thousands of its kind,
-if we choose to employ it in this way. This is so true, that the tree
-may fall, and turn to coal in the soil, and still keep this energy
-imprisoned in it,--keep it for millions of years, till the black lump
-under the furnace gives out, in the whirling spindles of the factory or
-the turning wheel of the steamboat, the energy gathered in the sunshine
-of the primeval world.
-
-The most active rays in building up plant-life are said to be the
-yellow and orange, though Nature’s fondness for green everywhere is
-probably justified by some special utility. At any rate, the action
-of these solar rays is to decompose the products of combustion, to
-set free the oxygen, and to fix the carbon in the plant. Perhaps
-these words do not convey a definite meaning to the reader, but it
-is to be hoped they will, for the statement they imply is wonderful
-enough. Swift’s philosopher at Laputa, who had a project for extracting
-sunbeams out of cucumbers, was wiser than his author knew; for
-cucumbers, like other vegetables, are now found to be really in large
-part put together by sunbeams, and sunbeams, or what is scarcely
-distinguishable from such, could with our present scientific knowledge
-be extracted from cucumbers again, only the process would be too
-expensive to pay. The sunbeam, however, does what our wisest chemistry
-cannot do: it takes the burned out ashes and makes them anew into green
-wood; it takes the close and breathed out air, and makes it sweet and
-fit to breathe by means of the plant, whose food is the same as our
-poison. With the aid of sunlight a lily would thrive on the deadly
-atmosphere of the “black hole of Calcutta;” for this bane to us, we
-repeat, is vital air to the plant, which breathes it in through all its
-pores, bringing it into contact with the chlorophyl, its green blood,
-which is to it what the red blood is to us; doing almost everything,
-however, by means of the sun ray, for if this be lacking, the oxygen is
-no longer set free or the carbon retained, and the plant dies. This too
-brief statement must answer instead of a fuller description of how the
-sun’s energy builds up the vegetable world.
-
-But the ox, the sheep, and the lamb feed on the vegetable, and we in
-turn on them (and on vegetables too); so that, though we might eat
-our own meals in darkness and still live, the meals themselves are
-provided literally at the sun’s expense, virtue having gone out of him
-to furnish each morsel we put in our mouths. But while he thus prepares
-the material for our own bodies, and while it is plain that without him
-we could not exist any more than the plant, the processes by which he
-acts grow more intricate and more obscure in our own higher organism,
-so that science as yet only half guesses how the sun makes us. But the
-making is done in some way by the sun, and so almost exclusively is
-every process of life.
-
-It is not generally understood, I think, how literally true this is
-of every object in the organic world. In a subsequent illustration
-we shall see a newspaper being printed by power directly and visibly
-derived from the sunbeam. But all the power derived from coal, and all
-the power derived from human muscles, comes originally from the sun,
-in just as literal a sense; for the paper on which the reader’s eye
-rests was not only made primarily from material grown by the sun, but
-was stitched together by derived sun-power, and by this, also, each
-page was printed, so that the amount of this solar radiation expended
-for printing each chapter of this book could be stated with approximate
-accuracy in figures. To make even the reader’s hand which holds this
-page, or the eye which sees it, energy again went out from the sun; and
-in saying this I am to be understood in the plain and common meaning of
-the words.
-
-Did the reader ever happen to be in a great cotton-mill, where many
-hundreds of operatives watched many thousands of spindles? Nothing is
-visible to cause the multiplied movement, the engine being perhaps away
-in altogether another building. Wandering from room to room, where
-everything is in motion derived from some unseen source, he may be
-arrested in his walk by a sudden cessation of the hum and bustle,--at
-once on the floor below, and on that above, and all around him. The
-simultaneousness of this stoppage at points far apart when the steam
-is turned off, strikes one with a sense of the intimate dependence of
-every complex process going on upon some remote invisible motor. The
-cessation is not, however, absolutely instantaneous; for the great
-fly-wheel, in which a trifling part of the motor power is stored, makes
-one or two turns more, till the energy in this also is exhausted,
-and all is still. The coal-beds and the forests are to the sun what
-the fly-wheel is to the engine: all their power comes from him; they
-retain a little of it in store, but very little by comparison with the
-original; and were the change we have already spoken of to come over
-the sun’s circulation,--were the solar engine disconnected from us,--we
-could go on perhaps a short time at the cost of this store, but when
-this was over it would be over with us, and all would be still here too.
-
-Is there not a special interest for us in that New Astronomy which
-considers these things, and studies the sun, not only in the heavens as
-a star, but in its workings here, and so largely in its relations to
-man?
-
- * * * * *
-
-Since, then, we are the children of the sun, and our bodies a product
-of its rays, as much as the ephemeral insects that its heat hatches
-from the soil, it is a worthy problem to learn how things earthly
-depend upon this material ruler of our days. But although we know it
-does nearly all things done on the earth, and have learned a little of
-the way it builds up the plant, we know so little of the way it does
-many other things here that we are still often only able to connect the
-terrestrial effect with the solar cause by noting what events happen
-together. We are in this respect in the position of our forefathers,
-who had not yet learned the science of electricity, but who noted
-that when a flash of lightning came a clap of thunder followed, and
-concluded as justly as Franklin or Faraday could have done that there
-was a physical relation between them. Quite in this way, we who are in
-a like position with regard to the New Astronomy, which we hope will
-one day explain to us what is at present mysterious in our connection
-with the sun, can as yet often only infer that when certain phenomena
-there are followed or accompanied by others here, all are really
-connected as products of one cause, however dissimilar they may look,
-and however little we know what the real connection may be.
-
-There is no more common inquiry than as to the influence of sun-spots
-on the weather; but as we do not yet know the real nature of the
-connection, if there be any, we can only try to find out by assembling
-independent records of sun-spots and of the weather here, and noticing
-if any changes in the one are accompanied by changes in the other; to
-see, for instance, if when sun-spots are plenty the weather the world
-over is rainy or not, or to see if when an unusual disturbance breaks
-out in a sun-spot any terrestrial disturbance is simultaneously noted.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 48.--SUN-SPOTS AND PRICE OF GRAIN. (FROM
-“OBSERVATIONS OF SOLAR SPOTS.”)]
-
-When we remember how our lives depend on a certain circulation in
-the sun, of which the spots appear to be special examples, it is of
-interest not only to study the forms within them, as we have already
-been doing here, but to ask whether the spots themselves are present
-as much one year as another. The sun sometimes has numerous spots on
-it, and sometimes none at all; but it does not seem to have occurred to
-any one to see whether they had any regular period for coming or going,
-till Schwabe, a magistrate in a little German town, who happened to
-have a small telescope and a good deal of leisure, began for his own
-amusement to note their number every day. He commenced in 1826, and
-with German patience observed daily for forty years. He first found
-that the spots grew more numerous in 1830, when there was no single
-day without one; then the number declined very rapidly, till in 1833
-they were about gone; then they increased in number again till 1838,
-then again declined; and so on, till it became evident that sun-spots
-do not come and go by chance, but run through a cycle of growth and
-disappearance, on the average about once in every eleven years. While
-amusing himself with his telescope, an important sequence in Nature had
-thus been added to our knowledge by the obscure Hofrath Schwabe, who
-indeed compares himself to Saul, going out to seek his father’s asses
-and finding a kingdom. Old records made before Schwabe’s time have
-since been hunted up, so that we have a fairly connected history of the
-sun’s surface for nearly a hundred and fifty years; and the years when
-spots will be plentiful or rare can now be often predicted from seeing
-what has been in the past. Thus I may venture to say that the spots, so
-frequent in 1885, will have probably nearly disappeared in 1888, and
-will be probably very plentiful in 1894. I do not know at all why this
-is likely to happen; I only know that it has repeatedly happened at
-corresponding periods in the past.
-
-“Now,” it may be asked, “have these things any connection with weather
-changes, and is it of any practical advantage to know if they have?”
-
-Would it be, it may be answered, of any practical interest to a
-merchant in bread-stuffs to have private information of a reliable
-character that crops the world over would be fine in 1888 and fail in
-1894? The exclusive possession of such knowledge might plainly bring
-“wealth beyond the dreams of avarice” to the user; or, to ascend
-from the lower ground of personal interest to the higher aims of
-philanthropy and science, could we predict the harvests, we should
-be armed with a knowledge that might provide against coming years of
-famine, and make life distinctly happier and easier to hundreds of
-millions of toilers on the earth’s surface.
-
-“But can we predict?” We certainly cannot till we have, at any rate,
-first shown that there is a connection between sun-spots and the
-weather. Since we know nothing of the ultimate causes involved, we can
-only at present, as I say, collect records of the changes there, and
-compare them with others of the changes here, to see if there is any
-significant coincidence. To avoid columns of figures, and yet to enable
-the reader to judge for himself in some degree of the evidence, I will
-give the results of some of these records represented graphically by
-curves, like those which he may perhaps remember to have seen used to
-show the fluctuations in the value of gold and grain, or of stocks in
-the stock-market. It is only fair to say that mathematicians used this
-method long before it was ever heard of by business men, and that the
-stockbrokers borrowed it from the astronomers, and not the astronomers
-from them.
-
-In Fig. 48, from Carrington’s work, each horizontal space represents
-ten years of time, and the figures in the upper part represent the
-fluctuations of the sun-spot curve. In the middle curve, variations
-in vertical distances correspond to differences in the distance from
-the sun of the planet Jupiter, the possibility of whose influence
-on sun-spot periods can thus be examined. In the third and lowest,
-suggested by Sir William Herschel, the figures at the side are
-proportional to the price of wheat in the English market, rising when
-wheat ruled high, falling when it was cheap. In all three curves
-one-tenth of a horizontal spacing along the top or bottom corresponds
-to one year; and in this way we have at a glance the condensed result
-of observations and statistics for sixty years, which otherwise stated
-would fill volumes. The result is instructive in more ways than one.
-The variations of Jupiter’s distance certainly do present a striking
-coincidence with the changes in spot frequency, and this may indicate
-a real connection between the phenomena; but before we decide that
-it does so, we must remember that the number of cycles of change
-presented by the possible combination of planetary periods is all but
-infinite. Thus we might safely undertake, with study enough, to find a
-curve, depending solely on certain planetary configurations, which yet
-would represent with quite striking agreement for a time the rise and
-fall in any given railroad stock, the relative numbers of Democratic
-and Republican congressmen from year to year, or anything else with
-which the heavenly bodies have in reality as little to do. The third
-curve (meant by the price of wheat to test the possible influence of
-sun-spots on years of good or bad harvests) is not open to the last
-objection, but involves a fallacy of another kind. In fact the price
-of wheat depends on many things quite apart from the operations of
-Nature,--on wars and legislation, for instance; and here the great
-rise in the first years of the century is as clearly connected with the
-great continental wars of the first Napoleon, which shut up foreign
-ports, as the sudden fall about 1815, the year of Waterloo, is with
-the subsequent peace. Meanwhile an immense amount of labor has been
-spent in making tables of the weather, and of almost every conceivable
-earthly phenomenon which may be supposed to have a similar periodic
-character, with very doubtful success, nearly every one having brought
-out some result which might be plausible if it stood alone, but which
-is apt to be contradicted by the others. For instance, Mr. Stone,
-at the Cape of Good Hope, and Dr. Gould, in South America, consider
-that the observations taken at those places show a little diminution
-of the earth’s temperature (amounting to one or two degrees) at a
-sun-spot maximum. Mr. Chambers concludes, from twenty-eight years’
-observations, that the hottest are those of most sun-spots. So each of
-these contradicts the other. Then we have Gelinck, who, from a study of
-numerous observations, concludes that all are wrong together, and that
-there is really no change in either way.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 49.--SUN-SPOT OF NOV. 16, 1882, AND EARTH.]
-
-I might go on citing names with no better result. One observer
-tabulates observations of terrestrial temperature, or rain-fall, or
-barometer, or ozone; another, the visitations of Asiatic cholera; while
-still another (the late Professor Jevons) tabulates commercial crises
-with the serious attempt to find a connection between the sun-spots and
-business panics. Of making such cycles there is no end, and much study
-of them would be a weariness I will not inflict.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 50.--GREENWICH RECORD OF DISTURBANCE OF MAGNETIC
-NEEDLE, NOV. 16 AND 17, 1882.]
-
-Our own conclusion is, that from such investigations of terrestrial
-changes nothing is yet certainly known with regard to the influence
-of sun-spots on the weather. There is, however, quite another way;
-that is, to measure their effect at the origin in the sun itself.
-The sun-spot is cooler than the rest of the surface, and it might be
-thought that when there are many the sun would give less heat. As far
-as the spots themselves are concerned, this is so, but in a very small
-degree. I have been able to ascertain how much this deprivation of heat
-amounts to, and find it is a real but a most insignificant quantity,
-rising to about two-thirds of one degree Fahrenheit every eleven
-years. This, it will be remembered, is the direct effect of the spots
-considered merely as so many cool patches on the surface, and it does
-not imply that when there are most spots the sun will necessarily give
-less heat. In fact there may be a compensating action accompanying them
-which makes the radiation greater than when they are absent. I will not
-enter on a detailed explanation, but only say that in the best judgment
-I can form by a good deal of study and direct experiment, there is no
-certain evidence that the sun is hotter at one time than at another.
-
-If we investigate, however, the connection between spots and
-terrestrial magnetic disturbances, we shall find altogether more
-satisfactory testimony. This evidence is of all degrees of strength,
-from probability up to what may be called certainty, and it is always
-obtained, not by _a priori_ reasoning, but by the comparison of
-independent observations of something which has happened on the sun and
-on the earth. We will first take an instance of what we consider the
-weakest degree of evidence (weak, that is, when any such single case
-is considered), and we do so by simply quoting textually three records
-which were made at nearly the same time in different parts of the world
-in 1882.
-
-A certain spot had been visible on the sun at intervals for some weeks;
-but when on the 16th of November a glimpse was caught of it after
-previous days of cloudy weather, the observer, it will be seen, is
-struck by the great activity going on in it, and, though familiar with
-such sights, describes this one as “magnificent.”
-
-1. From the daily record at the Allegheny Observatory, November 16,
-1882:--
-
- “Very large spot on the sun; ... great variety of forms; inrush
- from S. E. to S. W.; tendency to cyclonic action at several
- points. The spot is apparently near its period of greatest
- activity. A magnificent sight.”
-
-At the same time a sketch was commenced which was interrupted by the
-cloudy weather of this and following days. The outline of the main spot
-only is here given (Fig. 49). Its area, as measured at Allegheny, was
-2,200,000,000 square miles; at Greenwich its area, inclusive of some
-outlying portions, was estimated on the same day to be 2,600,000,000
-square miles. The earth is shown of its relative size upon it, to give
-a proper idea of the scale.
-
-2. From the “New York Tribune” of November 18th (describing what took
-place in the night preceding the 17th):--
-
-
- AN ELECTRIC STORM.
-
- TELEGRAPH WIRES GREATLY AFFECTED.
-
- THE DISTURBANCE WIDE-SPREAD.
-
- ... At the Mutual Union office the manager said, “Our wires are
- all running, but very slowly. There is often an intermission of
- from one to five minutes between the words of a sentence. The
- electric storm is general as far as our wires are concerned.”...
- The cable messages were also delayed, in some cases as much as an
- hour.
-
- The telephone service was practically useless during the day.
-
- WASHINGTON, _Nov. 17_.--A magnetic storm of more than usual
- intensity began here at an early hour this morning, and has
- continued with occasional interruptions during the day,
- seriously interfering with telegraphic communication.... As
- an experiment one of the wires of the Western Union Telegraph
- Company was worked between Washington and Baltimore this
- afternoon with the terrestrial current alone, the batteries
- having been entirely detached.
-
- CHICAGO, _Nov. 17_.--An electric storm of the greatest violence
- raged in all the territory to points beyond Omaha.... The
- switch-board here has been on fire a dozen times during the
- forenoon. At noon only a single wire out of fifteen between this
- city and New York was in operation.
-
-And so on through a column.
-
-3. In Fig. 50 we give a portion of the automatic trace of the magnetic
-needles at Greenwich.[3] These needles are mounted on massive piers in
-the cellars of the observatory, far removed from every visible source
-of disturbance, and each carries a small mirror, whence a spot of light
-is reflected upon a strip of photographic paper, kept continually
-rolling before it by clock-work. If the needle is still, the moving
-strip of paper will have a straight line on it, traced by the point of
-light, which is in this case motionless. If the needle swings to the
-right or left, the light-spot vibrates with it, and the line it traces
-becomes sinuous, or more and more sharply zigzagged as the needle
-shivers under the unknown forces which control it.
-
- [3] It appears here through the kindness of the Astronomer
- Royal. We regret to say that American observers are
- dependent on the courtesy of foreign ones in such matters,
- the United States having no observatory where such records
- of sun-spots and magnetic variation are systematically kept.
-
-The upper part of Fig. 50 gives a little portion of this automatic
-trace on November 16th before the disturbance began, to show the
-ordinary daily record, which should be compared with the violent
-perturbation occurring simultaneously with the telegraphic disturbance
-in the United States. We may, for the reader’s convenience, remark
-that as the astronomical day begins twelve hours later than the civil
-day, the approximate Washington mean times, corresponding to the
-Greenwich hours after twelve, are found by adding one to the days and
-subtracting seventeen from the hours. Thus “November 16th, twenty-two
-hours” corresponds in the eastern United States nearly to five o’clock
-in the morning of November 17th.
-
-The Allegheny observer, it will be remembered, in his glimpse of the
-spot on November 16th, was struck with the great activity of the
-internal motions then going on in it. The Astronomer Royal states that
-a portion of the spot became detached on November 17th or 18th, and
-that several small spots which broke out in the immediate neighborhood
-were seen for the first time on the photographs taken November 17th,
-twenty-two hours.
-
-“Are we to conclude from this,” it may be asked, “that what went on
-in the sun was the cause of the trouble on the telegraph wires?” I
-think we are not at all entitled to conclude so from this instance
-_alone_; but though in one such case, taken by itself, there is nothing
-conclusive, yet when such a degree of coincidence occurs again and
-again, the habitual observer of solar phenomena learns to look with
-some confidence for evidence of electrical disturbance here following
-certain kinds of disturbance there, and the weight of this part of the
-evidence is not to be sought so much in the strength of a single case,
-as in the multitude of such coincidences.
-
-We have, however, not only the means of comparing sun-spot _years_ with
-years of terrestrial electric disturbance, but individual instances,
-particular _minutes_ of sun-spot changes, with particular minutes of
-terrestrial change; and both comparisons are of the most convincing
-character.
-
-First, let us observe that the compass needle, in its regular and
-ordinary behavior, does not point constantly in any one direction
-through the day, but moves a very little one way in the morning, and
-back in the afternoon. This same movement, which can be noticed even
-in a good surveyor’s compass, is called the “diurnal oscillation,”
-and has long been known. It has been known, too, that its amount
-altered from one year to another; but since Schwabe’s observations it
-has been found that the changes in this variation and in the number
-of the spots went on together. The coincidences which we failed to
-note in the comparison of the spots with the prices of grain are here
-made out with convincing clearness, as the reader will see by a simple
-inspection of this chart (Fig. 51, taken from Professor Young’s work),
-where the horizontal divisions still denote years, and the height of
-the continuous curve the relative number of spots, while the height of
-the dotted curve is the amount of the magnetic variation. Though we
-have given but a part of the curve, the presumption from the agreement
-in the forty years alone would be a strong one that the two effects,
-apparently so widely remote in their nature, are really due to a common
-cause.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 51.--SUN-SPOTS AND MAGNETIC VARIATIONS.]
-
-Here we have compared years with years; let us next compare minutes
-with minutes. Thus, to cite (from Mr. Proctor’s work) a well-known
-instance: On Sept. 1, 1869, at eighteen minutes past eleven, Mr.
-Carrington, an experienced solar observer, suddenly saw in the sun
-something brighter than the sun,--two patches of light, breaking out so
-instantly and so intensely that his first thought was that daylight
-was entering through a hole in the darkening screen he used. It was
-immediately, however, made certain that something unusual was occurring
-in the sun itself, across which the brilliant spots were moving,
-travelling thirty-five thousand miles in five minutes, at the end of
-which time (at twenty-three minutes past eleven) they disappeared from
-sight. By good fortune, another observer a few miles distant saw and
-independently described the same phenomenon; and as the minute had been
-noted, it was immediately afterward found that recording instruments
-registered a magnetic disturbance at the same time,--“at the very
-moment,” says Dr. Stewart, the director of the observatory at Kew.
-
-“By degrees,” says Sir John Herschel, “accounts began to pour in of
-... great electro-magnetic disturbances in every part of the world....
-At Washington and Philadelphia, in America, the telegraphic signal men
-received severe electric shocks. At Boston, in North America, a flame
-of fire followed the pen of Bain’s electric telegraph.” (Such electric
-disturbances, it may be mentioned, are called “electric storms,” though
-when they occur the weather may be perfectly serene to the eye. They
-are shown also by rapid vibrations of the magnetic needle, like those
-we have illustrated.)
-
-On Aug. 3, 1872, Professor Young, who was observing at Sherman in the
-Rocky Mountains, saw three notable paroxysms in the sun’s chromosphere,
-jets of luminous matter of intense brilliance being projected at 8h.
-45m., 10h. 30m., and 11h. 50m. of the local time. “At dinner,” he
-says, “the photographer of the party, who was making our magnetic
-observations, told me, before knowing anything about what I had been
-observing, that he had been obliged to give up work, his magnet having
-swung clear off the limb.” Similar phenomena were observed August 5th.
-Professor Young wrote to England, and received from Greenwich and
-Stonyhurst copies of the automatic record, which he gives, and which
-we give in Fig. 52. After allowing for difference of longitude, the
-reader who will take the pains to compare them may see for himself that
-both show a jump of the needles in the cellars at Greenwich at the same
-_minute_ in each of the four cases of outburst in the Rocky Mountains.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 52.--GREENWICH MAGNETIC OBSERVATIONS, AUG. 3 AND 5,
-1872.]
-
-While we admit that the evidence in any single case is rarely so
-conclusive as in these; while we agree that the spot is not so much
-the cause of the change as the index of some other solar action which
-does cause it; and while we fully concede our present ignorance of
-the nature of this cause,--we cannot refuse to accept the cumulative
-evidence, of which a little has been submitted.
-
-It is only in rare cases that we can feel quite sure; and yet, in
-regard even to one of the more common and less conclusive ones, we
-may at least feel warranted in saying that if the reader forfeited
-a business engagement or missed an invitation to dinner through the
-failure of the telegraph or telephone on such an occasion as that of
-the 17th of November, 1882, the far-off sun-spot was not improbably
-connected with the cause.
-
-Probably we should all like to hear some at least equally positive
-conclusion about the weather also, and to learn that there was a
-likelihood of our being able to predict it for the next year, as the
-Signal Service now does for the next day; but there is at present
-no such likelihood. The study of the possible connection between
-sun-spots and the weather is, nevertheless, one that will always have
-great interest to many; for even if we set its scientific aim aside
-and consider it in its purely utilitarian aspect, it is evident that
-the knowledge how to predict whether coming harvests would be good or
-bad, would enable us to do for the whole world what Joseph’s prophetic
-vision of the seven good and seven barren years did for the land of
-Egypt, and confer a greater power on its discoverer than any sovereign
-now possesses. There is something to be said, then, for the cyclists;
-for if their zeal does sometimes outrun knowledge, their object is a
-worthy one, and their aims such as we can sympathize with, and of which
-none of us can say that there is any inherent impossibility in them,
-or that they may not conceivably yet lead to something. Let us not,
-then, treat the inquirer who tries to connect panics on ‘Change with
-sun-spots as a mere lunatic; for there is this amount of reason in his
-theory, that the panics, together with the general state of business,
-are connected in some obscure way with the good or bad harvests, and
-these again in some still obscurer way with changes in our sun.
-
-We may leave, then, this vision of forecasting the harvests and the
-markets of the world from a study of the sun, as one of the fair dreams
-for the future of our science. Perhaps the dream will one day be
-realized. Who knows?
-
-
-
-
-IV.
-
-THE SUN’S ENERGY (_Continued_).
-
-
-If we paused on the words with which our last chapter closed, the
-reader might perhaps so far gather an impression that the whole
-all-important subject of the solar energy was involved in mystery and
-doubt. But if it be indeed a mystery when considered in its essence, so
-are all things; while regarded separately in any one of its terrestrial
-effects of magnetic or chemical action, or of light or heat, it may
-seem less so. Since there is not room to consider all these aspects,
-let us choose the last, and look at this energy in its familiar form of
-the _heat_ by which we live.
-
-We, the human race, are warming ourselves at this great fire which
-called our bodies into being, and when it goes out we shall go too.
-What is it? How long has it been? How long will it last? How shall we
-use it?
-
-To look across the space of over ninety million miles, and to try to
-learn from that distance the nature of the solar heat, and how it is
-kept up, seemed to the astronomers of the last century a hopeless task.
-The difficulty was avoided rather than met by the doctrine that the sun
-was pure fire, and shone because “it was its nature to.” In the Middle
-Ages such an idea was universal; and along with it, and as a logical
-sequence of it, the belief was long prevalent that it was possible
-to make another such flame here, in the form of a lamp which should
-burn forever and radiate light endlessly without exhaustion. With
-the philosopher’s stone, which was to transmute lead into gold, this
-perpetual lamp formed a prime object of research for the alchemist and
-student of magic.
-
-We recall the use which Scott has made of the belief in this product
-of “gramarye” in the “Lay of the Last Minstrel,” where it is sought to
-open the grave of the great wizard in Melrose Abbey. It is midnight
-when the stone which covers it is heaved away, and Michael’s undying
-lamp, buried with him long ago, shines out from the open tomb and
-illuminates the darkness of the chancel.
-
- “I would you had been there to see
- The light break forth so gloriously;
- That lamp shall burn unquenchably
- Until the eternal doom shall be,”
-
-says the poet. Now we are at liberty to enjoy the fiction as a fiction;
-but if we admit that the art which could make such a lamp would indeed
-be a black art, which did not work under Nature’s laws, but against
-them, then we ought to see that as the whole conception is derived from
-the early notion of a miraculous constitution of the sun, the idea of
-an eternal self-sustained sun is no more permitted to us than that of
-an eternal self-sustained lamp. We must look for the cause of the sun’s
-heat in Nature’s laws, and we know those laws chiefly by what we see
-here.
-
-Before examining the source of the sun’s heat, let us look a little
-more into its amount. To find the exact amount of heat which it sends
-out is a very difficult problem, especially if we are to use all the
-refinements of the latest methods in determining it. The underlying
-principle, however, is embodied in an old method, which gives, it is
-true, rather crude results, but by so simple a treatment that the
-reader can follow it readily, especially if unembarrassed with details,
-in which most of the actual trouble lies. We must warn him in advance
-that he is going to be confronted with a kind of enormous sum in
-multiplication, for whose general accuracy he may, however, trust to us
-if he pleases. We have not attempted exact accuracy, because it is more
-convenient for him that we should deal with round numbers.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 53.--ONE CUBIC CENTIMETRE.]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 54.--POUILLET’S PYRHELIOMETER.]
-
-The apparatus which we shall need for the attack of this great problem
-is surprisingly simple, and moderate in size. Let us begin by finding
-how much sun-heat falls in a small known area. To do this we take a
-flat, shallow vessel, which is to be filled with water. The amount it
-contains is usually a hundred cubic centimetres (a centimetre being
-nearly four-tenths of an inch), so that if we imagine a tiny cubical
-box about as large as a backgammon die, or, more exactly, having each
-side just the size of this (Fig. 53), to be filled and emptied into the
-vessel one hundred times, we shall have a precise idea of its limited
-capacity. Into this vessel we dip a thermometer, so as to read the
-temperature of the water, seal all up so that the water shall not run
-out, and expose it so that the heat at noon falls perpendicularly on
-it. The apparatus is shown in Fig. 54, attached to a tree. The stem
-of the instrument holds the thermometer, which is upside down, its
-bulb being in the water-vessel. Now, all the sun’s rays do not reach
-this vessel, for some are absorbed by our atmosphere; and all the heat
-which falls on it does not stay there, as the water loses part of it
-by the contact of the air with the box outside, and in other ways.
-When allowance is made for these losses, we find that the sun’s heat,
-if all retained, would have raised the temperature of the few drops of
-water which would fill a box the size of our little cube (according
-to these latest observations) nearly three degrees of the centigrade
-thermometer in one minute,--a most insignificant result, apparently,
-as a measure of what we have been told is the almost infinite heat of
-the sun! But if we think so, we are forgetting the power of numbers, of
-which we are about to have an illustration as striking in its way as
-that which Archimedes once gave with the grains of sand.
-
-There is a treatise of his extant, in which he remarks (I cite from
-memory) that as some people believe it possible for numbers to express
-a quantity as great as that of the grains of sand upon the sea-shore,
-while others deny this, he will show that they can express one even
-larger. To prove this beyond dispute, he begins by taking a small
-seed, beside which he ranges single grains of sand in a line, till he
-can give the number of these latter which equal its length. Next he
-ranges seeds beside each other till their number makes up the length
-of a span; then he counts the spans in a stadium, and the stadia in
-the whole world as known to the ancients, at each step expressing his
-results in a number certainly _greater_ than the number of sand-grains
-which the seed, or the span, or the stadium, or finally the whole
-world, is thus successively shown to contain. He has then already got
-a number before his reader’s eyes demonstrably larger than that of all
-the grains of sand on the sea-shore; yet he does not stop, but steps
-off the earth into space, to calculate and express a number _greater_
-than that of all the grains of sand which would fill a sphere embracing
-the earth and the sun!
-
-We are going to use our little unit of heat in the same way, for
-(to calculate in round figures and in English measure) we find that
-we can set over nine hundred of these small cubes side by side in a
-square foot, and, as there are 28,000,000 feet in a square mile, that
-the latter would contain 25,000,000,000 of the cubes, placed side by
-side, touching each other, like a mosaic pavement. We find also, by
-weighing our little cup, that we should need to fill and empty it
-almost exactly a million times to exhaust a tank containing a ton of
-water. The sun-heat falling on one square mile corresponds, then, to
-over seven hundred and fifty tons of water raised _every minute_ from
-the freezing-point to boiling, which already is becoming a respectable
-amount!
-
-But there are 49,000,000 square miles in the cross-section of the
-earth exposed to the sun’s rays, which it would therefore need
-1,225,000,000,000,000,000 of our little dies to cover one deep; and
-therefore in each _minute_ the sun’s heat falling on the earth would
-raise to boiling 37,000,000,000 tons of water.
-
-We may express this in other ways, as by the quantity of ice it would
-melt; and as the heat required to melt a given weight of ice is 79/100
-of that required to bring as much water from the freezing to the
-boiling point, and as the whole surface of the earth, including the
-night side, is four times the cross-section exposed to the sun, we
-find, by taking 526,000 minutes to a year, that the sun’s rays would
-melt in the year a coating of ice over the whole earth more than one
-hundred and sixty feet thick.
-
-We have ascended already from our small starting-point to numbers which
-express the heat that falls upon the whole planet, and enable us to
-deal, if we wish, with questions relating to the glacial epochs and
-other changes in its history. We have done this by referring at each
-step to the little cube which we have carried along with us, and which
-is the foundation of all the rest; and we now see why such exactness
-in the first determination is needed, since any error is multiplied
-by enormous numbers. But now we too are going to step off the earth
-and to deal with numbers which we can still express in the same way
-if we choose, but which grow so large thus stated that we will seek
-some greater term of comparison for them. We have just seen the almost
-incomprehensible amount of heat which the sun must send the earth in
-order to warm its oceans and make green its continents; but how little
-this is to what passes us by! The earth as it moves on in its annual
-path continually comes into new regions, where it finds the same amount
-of heat already pouring forth; and this same amount still continues to
-fall into the empty space we have just quitted, where there is no one
-left to note it, and where it goes on in what seems to us utter waste.
-If, then, the whole annual orbit were set close with globes like ours,
-and strung with worlds like beads upon a ring, each would receive the
-same enormous amount the earth does now. But this is not all; for not
-only along the orbit, but above and below it, the sun sends its heat in
-seemingly incredible wastefulness, the final amount being expressible
-in the number of _worlds_ like ours that it could warm like ours, which
-is 2,200,000,000.
-
-We have possibly given a surfeit of such numbers, but we cannot escape
-or altogether avoid them when dealing with this stupendous outflow of
-the solar heat. They are too great, perhaps, to convey a clear idea to
-the mind, but let us before leaving them try to give an illustration of
-their significance.
-
-Let us suppose that we could sweep up from the earth all the ice and
-snow on its surface, and, gathering in the accumulations which lie
-on its Arctic and Antarctic poles, commence building with it a tower
-greater than that of Babel, fifteen miles in diameter, and so high as
-to exhaust our store. Imagine that it could be preserved untouched by
-the sun’s rays, while we built on with the accumulations of successive
-winters, until it stretched out 240,000 miles into space, and formed an
-ice-bridge to the moon, and that then we concentrated on it the sun’s
-whole radiation, neither more nor less than that which goes on every
-moment. In _one_ second the whole would be gone, melted, boiled, and
-dissipated in vapor. And this is the rate at which the solar heat is
-being (to human apprehension) _wasted_!
-
-Nature, we are told, always accomplishes her purpose with the least
-possible expenditure of energy. Is her purpose here, then, something
-quite independent of man’s comfort and happiness? Of the whole solar
-heat, we have just seen that less than 1/2,000,000,--less, that is,
-than the one twenty-thousandth part of one per cent,--is made useful
-to us. “But may there not be other planets on which intelligent life
-exists, and where this heat, which passes us by, serves other beings
-than ourselves?” There _may_ be; but if we could suppose all the other
-planets of the solar system to be inhabited, it would help the matter
-very little; for the whole together intercept so little of the great
-sum, that all of it which Nature bestows on man is still as nothing to
-what she bestows on some end--if end there be--which is to us as yet
-inscrutable.
-
-How is this heat maintained? Not by the miracle of a perpetual
-self-sustained flame, we may be sure. But, then, by what fuel is such a
-fire fed? There can be no question of simple burning, like that of coal
-in the grate, for there is no source of supply adequate to the demand.
-The State of Pennsylvania, for instance, is underlaid by one of the
-richest coal-fields of the world, capable of supplying the consumption
-of the whole country at its present rate for more than a thousand
-years to come. If the source of the solar heat (whatever that is) were
-withdrawn, and we were enabled to carry this coal there, and shoot it
-into the solar furnace fast enough to keep up the known heat-supply,
-so that the solar radiation would go on at just its actual rate, the
-time which this coal would last is easily calculable. It would not last
-days or hours, but the whole of these coal-beds would demonstrably be
-used up in rather less than one one-thousandth of a second! We find by
-a similar calculation that if the sun were itself one solid block of
-coal, it would have burned out to the last cinder in less time than man
-has certainly been on the earth. But during historic times there has as
-surely been no noticeable diminution of the sun’s heat, for the olive
-and the vine grow just as they did three thousand years ago, and the
-hypothesis of an actual burning becomes untenable. It has been supposed
-by some that meteors striking the solar surface might generate heat by
-their impact, just as a cannon-ball fired against an armor-plate causes
-a flash of light, and a heat so sudden and intense as to partly melt
-the ball at the instant of concussion. This is probably a real source
-of heat-supply so far as it goes, but it cannot go very far; and,
-indeed, if our whole world should fall upon the solar surface like an
-immense projectile, gathering speed as it fell, and finally striking
-(as it would) with the force due to a rate of over three hundred miles
-a second, the heat developed would supply the sun for but little more
-than sixty years.[4]
-
- [4] These estimates differ somewhat from those of Helmholtz and
- Tyndall, as they rest on later measures.
-
-It is not necessary, however, that a body should be moving rapidly to
-develop heat, for arrested motion always generates it, whether the
-motion be fast or slow, though in the latter case the mass arrested
-must be larger to produce the same result. It is in the slow settlement
-of the sun’s own substance toward its centre, as it contracts in
-cooling, that we find a sufficient cause for the heat developed.
-
-This explanation is often unsatisfactory to those who have not studied
-the subject, because the fact that heat is so generated is not made
-familiar to most of us by observation.
-
-Perhaps the following illustration will make the matter plainer. When
-we are carried up in a lift, or elevator, we know well enough that heat
-has been expended under the boiler of some engine to drag us up against
-the power of gravity. When the elevator is at the top of its course, it
-is ready to give out in descending just the same amount of power needed
-to raise it, as we see by its drawing up a nearly equal counterpoise
-in the descent. It can and must give out in coming down the power that
-was spent in raising it up; and though there is no practical occasion
-to do so, a large part of this power could, if we wished, be actually
-recovered in the form of heat again. In the case of a larger body,
-such as the pyramid of Ghizeh, which weighs between six and seven
-million tons, all the furnaces in the world, burning coal under all its
-engines, would have to supply their heat for a measurable time to lift
-it a mile high; and then, if it were allowed to come down, whether it
-tell at once or were made to descend with imperceptible slowness, by
-the time it touched the earth the same heat would be given out again.
-
-Perhaps the fact that the sun is gaseous rather than solid makes it
-less easy to realize the enormous weight which is consistent with this
-vaporous constitution. A cubic mile of hydrogen gas (the lightest
-substance known) would weigh much more at the sun’s surface than the
-Great Pyramid does here, and the number of these cubic miles in a
-stratum one mile deep below its surface is over 2,000,000,000,000! This
-alone is enough to show that as they settle downward as the solar globe
-shrinks, here is a _possible_ source of supply for all the heat the sun
-sends out. More exact calculation shows that it _is_ sufficient, and
-that a contraction of three hundred feet a year (which in ten thousand
-years would make a shrinkage hardly visible in the most powerful
-telescope) would give all the immense outflow of heat which we see.
-
-There is an ultimate limit, however, to the sun’s shrinking, and
-there must have been some bounds to the heat he can already have thus
-acquired; for--though the greater the original diameter of his sphere,
-the greater the gain of heat by shrinking to its present size--if the
-original diameter be supposed as great as possible, there is still a
-finite limit to the heat gained.
-
-Suppose, in other words, the sun itself and all the planets ground to
-powder, and distributed on the surface of a sphere whose radius is
-infinite, and that this matter (the same in amount as that constituting
-the present solar system) is allowed to fall together at the centre.
-The actual shrinkage cannot possibly be greater than in this extreme
-case; but even in this practically impossible instance, it is easy
-to calculate that the heat given out would not support the _present_
-radiation over eighteen million years, and thus we are enabled to look
-back over past time, and fix an approximate limit to the age of the sun
-and earth.
-
-We say “present” rate of radiation, because, so long as the sun is
-purely gaseous, its temperature rises as it contracts, and the heat
-is spent faster; so that in early ages before this temperature was as
-high as it is now, the heat was spent more slowly, and what could have
-lasted “only” eighteen million years at the present rate might have
-actually spread over an indefinitely greater time in the past; possibly
-covering more than all the æons geologists ask for.
-
-If we would look into the future, also, we find that at the present
-rate we may say that the sun’s heat-supply is enough to last for some
-such term as four or five million years before it sensibly fails. It
-is certainly remarkable that by the aid of our science man can look
-out from this “bank and shoal of time,” where his fleeting existence
-is spent, not only back on the almost infinite lapse of ages past, but
-that he can forecast with some sort of assurance what is to happen
-in an almost infinitely distant future, long after the human race
-itself will have disappeared from its present home. But so it is, and
-we may say--with something like awe at the meaning to which science
-points--that the whole future radiation cannot last so long as ten
-million years. Its probable life in its present condition is covered
-by about thirty million years. No reasonable allowance for the fall
-of meteors or for all other known causes of supply could possibly at
-the present rate of radiation raise the whole term of its existence to
-sixty million years.
-
-This is substantially Professor Young’s view, and he adds:--
-
- “At the same time it is, of course, impossible to assert that
- there has been no catastrophe in the past, no collision with
- some wandering star ... producing a shock which might in a few
- hours, or moments even, restore the wasted energy of ages.
- Neither is it wholly safe to assume that there may not be ways,
- of which we as yet have no conception, by which the energy
- apparently lost in space may be returned. But the whole course
- and tendency of Nature, so far as science now makes out, points
- backward to a beginning and forward to an end. The present order
- of things seems to be bounded both in the past and in the future
- by terminal catastrophes which are veiled in clouds as yet
- inscrutable.”
-
-There is another matter of interest to us as dwellers on this planet,
-connected not with the amount of the sun’s heat so much as with the
-degree of its temperature; for it is almost certain that a very
-little fall in the temperature will cause an immense and wholly
-disproportionate diminution of the heat-supply. The same principle may
-be observed in more familiar things. We can, for instance, warm quite
-a large house by a very small furnace, if we urge this (by a wasteful
-use of coal) to a dazzling white heat. If we now let the furnace cool
-to half this white-heat temperature, we shall be sure to find that
-the heat radiated has not diminished in proportion, but out of all
-proportion,--has sunk, for instance, not only to one-half what it was
-(as we might think it would do), but to perhaps a twentieth or even
-less, so that the furnace which heated the house can no longer warm a
-single room.
-
-The human race, as we have said, is warming itself at the great solar
-furnace, which we have just seen contains an internal source for
-generating heat enough for millions of years to come; but we have
-also learned that if the sun’s internal circulation were stopped,
-the surface would cool and shut up the heat inside, where it would
-do us no good. The _temperature_ of the surface, then, on which the
-rate of heat-emission depends, concerns us very much; and if we had
-a thermometer so long that we could dip its bulb into the sun and
-read the degrees on the stem here, we should find out what observers
-would very much like to know, and at present are disposed to quarrel
-about. The difficulty is not in measuring the heat,--for that we have
-just seen how to do,--but in telling what temperature corresponds to
-it, since there is no known rule by which to find one from the other.
-One certain thing is this--that we cannot by any contrivance raise
-the temperature in the focus of any lens or mirror beyond that of
-its source (practically we cannot do even so much); we cannot, for
-instance, by any burning-lens make the image of a candle as hot as the
-original flame. Whatever a thermometer may read when the candle-heat is
-concentrated on its bulb by a lens, it would read yet more if the bulb
-were dipped in the candle-flame itself; and one obvious application of
-this fact is that though we cannot dip our thermometer in the sun, we
-know that if we could do so, the temperature would at least be greater
-than any we get by the largest burning-glass. We need have no fear of
-making the burning-glass too big; the temperature at its solar focus is
-_always_ and necessarily lower than that of the sun itself.
-
-For some reason no very great burning-lens or mirror has been
-constructed for a long time, and we have to go back to the eighteenth
-century to see what can be done in this way. The annexed figure (Fig.
-55) is from a wood-cut of the last century, describing the largest
-burning-lens then or since constructed in France, whose size and
-mode of use the drawing clearly shows. All the heat falling on the
-great lens was concentrated on a smaller one, and the smaller one
-concentrated it in turn, till at the very focus we are assured that
-iron, gold, and other metals ran like melted butter. In England, the
-largest burning-lens on record was made about the same time by an
-optician named Parker for the English Government, who designed it as
-a present to be taken by Lord Macartney’s embassy to the Emperor of
-China. Parker’s lens was three feet in diameter and very massive, being
-seven inches thick at the centre. In its focus the most refractory
-substances were fused, and even the diamond was reduced to vapor, so
-that the temperature of the sun’s surface is at any rate higher than
-_this_.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 55.--BERNIÈRES’S GREAT BURNING-GLASS. (AFTER AN OLD
-FRENCH PRINT.)]
-
-(What became of the French lens shown, it would be interesting to know.
-If it is still above ground, its fate has been better than that of the
-English one. It is said that the Emperor of China, when he got his
-lens, was much alarmed by it, as being possibly sent him by the English
-with some covert design for his injury. By way of a test, a smith was
-ordered to strike it with his hammer; but the hammer rebounded from
-the solid glass, and this was taken to be conclusive evidence of magic
-in the thing, which was immediately buried, and probably is still
-reposing under the soil of the Celestial Flowery Kingdom.)
-
-We can confirm the evidence of such burning-lenses as to the sun’s
-high temperature by another class of experiment, which rests on an
-analogous principle. We can make the comparison between the heat from
-some artificially heated object and that which would be given out
-from an equal area of the sun’s face. Now, supposing like emissive
-powers, if the latter be found the hotter, though we cannot tell what
-its temperature absolutely is, we can at least say that it is greater
-than that of the thing with which it is compared; so that we choose
-for comparison the hottest thing we can find, on a scale large enough
-for the experiment. One observation of my own in this direction I will
-permit myself to cite in illustration.
-
-Perhaps the highest temperature we can get on a large scale in the arts
-is that of molten steel in the Bessemer converter. As many may be as
-ignorant of what this is as I was before I tried the experiment, I will
-try to describe it.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 56.--A “POUR” FROM THE BESSEMER CONVERTER.]
-
-The “converter” is an enormous iron pot, lined with fire-brick, and
-capable of holding thirty or forty thousand pounds of melted metal;
-and it is swung on trunnions, so that it can be raised by an engine
-to a vertical position, or lowered by machinery so as to pour its
-contents out into a caldron. First the empty converter is inclined,
-and fifteen thousand pounds of fluid iron streams down into the mouth
-from an adjacent furnace where it has been melted. Then the engine
-lifts the converter into an erect position, while an air-blast from
-a blowing-engine is forced in at the bottom and through the liquid
-iron, which has combined with it nearly half a ton of silicon and
-carbon,--materials which, with the oxygen of the blast, create a heat
-which leaves that of the already molten iron far behind. After some
-time the converter is tipped forward, and fifteen hundred pounds more
-of melted iron is added to that already in it. What the temperature
-of this last is, may be judged from the fact that though ordinary
-melted iron is dazzlingly bright, the melted metal in the converter
-is so much brighter still, that the entering stream is dark brown by
-comparison, presenting a contrast like that of chocolate poured into
-a white cup. The contents are now no longer iron, but liquid steel,
-ready for pouring into the caldron; and, looking from the front down
-into the inclined vessel, we see the almost blindingly bright interior
-dripping with the drainage of the metal running down its side, so that
-the circular mouth, which is twenty-four inches in diameter, presents
-the effect of a disk of molten metal of that size (were it possible to
-maintain such a disk in a vertical position). In addition, we have the
-actual stream of falling metal, which continues nearly a minute, and
-presents an area of some square feet. The shower of scintillations from
-this cataract of what seems at first “sunlike” brilliancy, and the area
-whence such intense heat and light are for a brief time radiated, make
-the spectacle a most striking one. (See Fig. 56.)
-
-The “pour” is preceded by a shower of sparks, consisting of little
-particles of molten steel which are projected fully a hundred feet in
-the direction of the open mouth of the converter. In the line of this
-my apparatus was stationed in an open window, at a point where its view
-could be directed down into the converter on one side, and up at the
-sun on the other. This apparatus consisted of a long photometer-box
-with a _porte-lumière_ at one end. The mirror of this reflected the
-sun’s rays through the box and then on to the pouring metal, tracing
-their way to it by a beam visible in the dusty air (Fig. 57). In the
-path of this beam was placed the measuring apparatus, both for heat
-and light. As the best point of observation was in the line of the
-blast, a shower of sparks was driven over the instrument and observer
-at every “pour;” and the rain of wet soot from chimneys without, the
-bombardment from within, and the moving masses of red-hot iron around,
-made the experiment an altogether peculiar one. The apparatus was
-arranged in such a way that the effect (except for the absorption of
-its beams on the way) was independent of the size or distance of the
-sun, and depended on the absolute radiation there, and was equivalent,
-in fact, to taking a sample piece of the sun’s face _of equal size_
-with the fluid metal, bringing them face to face, and seeing which
-was the hotter and brighter. The comparison, however, was unfair to
-the sun, because its rays were in reality partly absorbed by the
-atmosphere on the way, while those of the furnace were not. Under these
-circumstances the heat from any single square foot of the sun’s surface
-was found to be _at least_ eighty-seven times that from a square foot
-of the melted metal, while the light from the sun was proved to be,
-foot for foot, over five thousand times that from the molten steel,
-though the latter, separately considered, seemed to be itself, as I
-have said, of quite sunlike brilliancy.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 57.--PHOTOMETER-BOX.]
-
-We must not conclude from this that the _temperature_ of the sun was
-five thousand times that of the steel, but we may be certain that it
-was at any rate a great deal the higher of the two. It is probable,
-from all experiments made up to this date, that the solar effective
-temperature is not less than 3,000 nor more than 30,000 degrees of
-the centigrade thermometer. Sir William Siemens, whose opinion on any
-question as to heat is entitled to great respect, thought the lower
-value nearer the truth, but this is doubtful.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 58.--MOUCHOT’S SOLAR ENGINE. (FROM A FRENCH
-PRINT.)]
-
- * * * * *
-
-We have, in all that has preceded, been speaking of the sun’s
-constitution and appearance, and have hardly entered on the question
-of its industrial relations to man. It must be evident, however, that
-if we derive, as it is asserted we do, almost all our mechanical power
-from this solar heat,--if our water-wheel is driven by rivers which
-the sun feeds by the rain he sucks up for them into the clouds, if
-the coal is stored sun-power, and if, as Stevenson said, it really is
-the sun which drives our engines, though at second hand,--there is an
-immense fund of possible mechanical power still coming to us from him
-which might be economically utilized. Leaving out of sight all our
-more important relations to him (for, as has been already said, he
-is in a physical sense our creator, and he keeps us alive from hour
-to hour), and considering him only as a possible servant to grind
-our corn and spin our flax, we find that even in this light there
-are startling possibilities of profit in the study of our subject.
-From recent measures it appears that from every square yard of the
-earth exposed perpendicularly to the sun’s rays, in the absence of an
-absorbing atmosphere, there could be derived more than one horse-power,
-if the heat were all converted into this use, and that even on such a
-little area as the island of Manhattan, or that occupied by the city
-of London, the noontide heat is enough, could it all be utilized, to
-drive all the steam-engines in the world. It will not be surprising,
-then, to hear that many practical men are turning their attention to
-this as a source of power, and that, though it has hitherto cost more
-to utilize the power than it is worth, there is reason to believe
-that some of the greatest changes which civilization has to bring
-may yet be due to such investigations. The visitor to the last Paris
-Exposition may remember an extraordinary machine on the grounds of
-the Trocadéro, looking like a gigantic inverted umbrella pointed
-sunward. This was the sun-machine of M. Mouchot, consisting of a great
-parabolic reflector, which concentrated the heat on a boiler in the
-focus and drove a steam-engine with it, which was employed in turn to
-work a printing-press, as our engraving shows (Fig. 58). Because these
-constructions have been hitherto little more than playthings, we are
-not to think of them as useless. If toys, they are the toys of the
-childhood of a science which is destined to grow, and in its maturity
-to apply this solar energy to the use of all mankind.
-
-Even now they are beginning to pass into the region of practical
-utility, and in the form of the latest achievement of Mr. Ericsson’s
-ever-young genius are ready for actual work on an economical scale.
-We present in Fig. 59 his new actually working solar engine, which
-there is every reason to believe is more efficient than Mouchot’s,
-and probably capable of being used with economical advantage in
-pumping water in desert regions of our own country. It is pregnant
-with suggestion of the future, if we consider the growing demand for
-power in the world, and the fact that its stock of coal, though vast,
-is strictly limited, in the sense that when it _is_ gone we can get
-absolutely no more. The sun has been making a little every day for
-millions of years,--so little and for so long, that it is as though
-time had daily dropped a single penny into the bank to our credit for
-untold ages, until an enormous fund had been thus slowly accumulated in
-our favor. We are drawing on this fund like a prodigal who thinks his
-means endless, but the day will come when our check will no longer be
-honored, and what shall we do then?
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 59.--ERICSSON’S NEW SOLAR ENGINE, NOW IN PRACTICAL
-USE IN NEW YORK.]
-
-The exhaustion of some of the coal-beds is an affair of the immediate
-future, by comparison with the vast period of time we have been
-speaking of. The English coal-beds, it is asserted, will, from present
-indications, be quite used up in about three hundred years more.
-
-Three hundred years ago, the sun, looking down on the England of our
-forefathers, saw a fair land of green woods and quiet waters, a land
-unvexed with noisier machinery than the spinning-wheel, or the needles
-of the “free maids that weave their threads with bones.” Because of the
-coal which has been dug from its soil, he sees it now soot-blackened,
-furrowed with railway-cuttings, covered with noisy manufactories,
-filled with grimy operatives, while the island shakes with the throb
-of coal-driven engines, and its once quiet waters are churned by the
-wheels of steamships. Many generations of the lives of men have passed
-to make the England of Elizabeth into the England of Victoria; but what
-a moment this time is, compared with the vast lapse of ages during
-which the coal was being stored! What a moment in the life of the
-“all-beholding sun,” who in a few hundred years--his gift exhausted
-and the last furnace-fire out--may send his beams through rents in the
-ivy-grown walls of deserted factories, upon silent engines brown with
-rust, while the mill-hand has gone to other lands, the rivers are clean
-again, the harbors show only white sails, and England’s “black country”
-is green once more! To America, too, such a time may come, though at a
-greatly longer distance.
-
-Does this all seem but the idlest fancy? That something like it will
-come to pass sooner or later, is a most certain fact--as certain as any
-process of Nature--if we do not find a new source of power; for of the
-coal which has supplied us, after a certain time we can get no more.
-
-Future ages may see the seat of empire transferred to regions of the
-earth now barren and desolated under intense solar heat,--countries
-which, for that very cause, will not improbably become the seat of
-mechanical and thence of political power. Whoever finds the way to
-make industrially useful the vast sun-power now wasted on the deserts
-of North Africa or the shores of the Red Sea, will effect a greater
-change in men’s affairs than any conqueror in history has done; for he
-will once more people those waste places with the life that swarmed
-there in the best days of Carthage and of old Egypt, but under another
-civilization, where man no longer shall worship the sun as a god, but
-shall have learned to make it his servant.
-
-
-
-
-V.
-
-THE PLANETS AND THE MOON.
-
-
-When we look up at the heavens, we see, if we watch through the night,
-the host of stars rising in the east and passing above us to sink
-in the west, always at the same distance and in unchanging order,
-each seeming a point of light as feeble as the glow-worm’s shine in
-the meadow over which they are rising, each flickering as though the
-evening wind would blow it out. The infant stretches out its hand to
-grasp the Pleiades; but when the child has become an old man the “seven
-stars” are still there unchanged, dim only in his aged sight, and
-proving themselves the enduring substance, while it is his own life
-which has gone, as the shine of the glow-worm in the night. They were
-there just the same a hundred generations ago, before the Pyramids were
-built; and they will tremble there still, when the Pyramids have been
-worn down to dust with the blowing of the desert sand against their
-granite sides. They watched the earth grow fit for man long before man
-came, and they will doubtless be shining on when our poor human race
-itself has disappeared from the surface of this planet.
-
-Probably there is no one of us who has not felt this solemn sense of
-their almost infinite duration as compared with his own little portion
-of time, and it would be a worthy subject for our thought if we could
-study them in the light that the New Astronomy sheds for us on their
-nature. But I must here confine myself to the description of but a few
-of their number, and speak, not of the infinite multitude and variety
-of stars, each a self-shining sun, but only of those which move close
-at hand; for it is not true of quite all that they keep at the same
-distance and order.
-
-Of the whole celestial army which the naked eye watches, there are five
-stars which do change their places in the ranks, and these change in
-an irregular and capricious manner, going about among the others, now
-forward and now back, as if lost and wandering through the sky. These
-wanderers were long since known by distinct names, as Mercury, Venus,
-Mars, Jupiter, and Saturn, and believed to be nearer than the others;
-and they are, in fact, companions to the earth and fed like it by the
-warmth of our sun, and like the moon are visible by the sunlight which
-they reflect to us. With the earliest use of the telescope, it was
-found that while the other stars remained in it mere points of light
-as before, these became magnified into disks on which markings were
-visible, and the markings have been found with our modern instruments,
-in one case at least, to take the appearance of oceans and snow-capped
-continents and islands. These, then, are not uninhabitable self-shining
-suns, but worlds, vivified from the same fount of energy that supplies
-us, and the possible abode of creatures like ourselves.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 60.--SATURN. (FROM A DRAWING BY TROUVELOT).]
-
-“Properly speaking,” it is said, “man is the only subject of interest
-to man;” and if we have cared to study the uninhabitable sun because
-all that goes on there is found to be so intimately related to us,
-it is surely a reasonable curiosity which prompts the question so
-often heard as to the presence of life on these neighbor worlds,
-where it seems at least not impossible that life should exist. Even
-the very little we can say in answer to this question will always be
-interesting; but we must regretfully admit at the outset that it is
-but little, and that with some planets, like Mercury and Venus, the
-great telescopes of modern times cannot do much more than those of
-Galileo, with which our New Astronomy had its beginning.
-
-Let us leave these, then, and pass out to the confines of the planetary
-system, where we may employ our telescopes to better advantage.
-
-The outer planets, Neptune and Uranus, remain pale disks in the most
-powerful instruments, the first attended by a single moon, the second
-by four, barely visible; and there is so very little yet known about
-their physical features, that we shall do better to give our attention
-to one of the most interesting objects in the whole heavens,--the
-planet Saturn, on which we can at any rate see enough to arouse a
-lively curiosity to know more.
-
-When Galileo first turned his glass on Saturn, he saw, as he thought,
-that it consisted of three spheres close together, the middle one
-being the largest. He was not quite sure of the fact, and was in a
-dilemma between his desire to wait longer for further observation, and
-his fear that some other observer might announce the discovery if he
-hesitated. To combine these incompatibilities--to announce it so as to
-secure the priority, and yet not announce it till he was ready--might
-seem to present as great a difficulty as the discovery itself; but
-Galileo solved this, as we may remember, by writing it in the sentence,
-“Altissimum planetam tergeminum observavi” (“I have observed the
-highest planet to be triple”), and then throwing it (in the printer’s
-phrase) “into pi,” or jumbling the letters, which made the sentence
-into the monstrous word
-
- SMAJSMRMJLMEBOETALEVMJPVNENVGTTAVJRAS,
-
-and publishing _this_, which contained his discovery, but under lock
-and key. He had reason to congratulate himself on his prudence, for
-within two years two of the supposed bodies disappeared, leaving only
-one. This was in 1612; and for nearly fifty years Saturn continued to
-all astronomers the enigma which it was to Galileo, till in 1656 it
-was finally made clear that it was surrounded by a thin flat ring,
-which when seen fully gave rise to the first appearance in Galileo’s
-small telescope, and when seen edgewise disappeared from its view
-altogether. Everything in this part of our work depends on the power
-of the telescope we employ, and in describing the modern means of
-observation we pass over two centuries of slow advance, each decade
-of which has marked some progress in the instrument, to one of its
-completest types, in the great equatorial at Washington, shown in Fig.
-61.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 61.--THE EQUATORIAL TELESCOPE AT WASHINGTON.]
-
-The revolving dome above, the great tube beneath, its massive piers,
-and all its accessories are only means to carry and direct the great
-lens at the further end, which acts the part of the lens in our own
-eye, and forms the image of the thing to be looked at. Galileo’s
-original lens was a single piece of glass, rather smaller than that of
-our common spectacles; but the lens here is composed of two pieces,
-each twenty-six inches in diameter, and collects as much light as a
-human eye would do if over two feet across. But this is useless if the
-lens is not shaped with such precision as to send every ray to its
-proper place at the eye-piece, nearly thirty-five feet away; and, in
-fact, the shape given its surface by the skilful hands of the Messrs.
-Clark, who made it, is so exquisitely exact that all the light of a
-star gathered by this great surface is packed at the distant focus into
-a circle very much smaller than that made by the dot on this _i_, and
-the same statement may be made of the great Lick glass, which is three
-feet in diameter,--an accuracy we might call incredible were it not
-certain. It is with instruments of such accuracy that astronomy now
-works, and it is with this particular one that some of the observations
-we are going to describe have been made.
-
-In all the heavens there is no more wonderful object than Saturn, for
-it preserves to us an apparent type of the plan on which all the worlds
-were originally made. Let us look at it in this study by Trouvelot
-(Fig. 60). The planet, we must remember, is a globe nearly seventy
-thousand miles in diameter, and the outermost ring is over one hundred
-and fifty thousand miles across, so that the proportionate size of our
-earth would be over-represented here by a pea laid on the engraving.
-The belts on the globe show delicate tints of brown and blue, and parts
-of the ring are, as a whole, brighter than the planet; but this ring,
-as the reader may see, consists of at least three main divisions, each
-itself containing separate features. First is the gray outer ring, then
-the middle one, and next the curious “crape” ring, very much darker
-than the others, looking like a belt where it crosses the planet,
-and apparently feebly transparent, for the outline of the globe has
-been seen (though not very distinctly) _through_ it. The whole system
-of rings is of the most amazing thinness, for it is probably thinner
-in proportion to its size than the paper on which this is printed is
-to the width of the page; and when it is turned edgewise to us, it
-disappears to all but the most powerful telescopes, in which it looks
-then like the thinnest conceivable line of light, on which the moons
-have been seen projected, appearing like beads sliding along a golden
-wire. The globe of the planet casts on the ring a shadow, which is
-here shown as a broken line, as though the level of the rings were
-suddenly disturbed. At other times (as in a beautiful drawing made with
-the same instrument by Professor Holden) the line seems continuous,
-though curved as though the middle of the ring system were thicker
-than the edge. The rotation of the ring has been made out by direct
-observations; and the whole is in motion about the globe,--a motion
-so smooth and steady that there is no flickering in the shadow “where
-Saturn’s steadfast shade sleeps on its luminous ring.”
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 62.--JUPITER, MOON, AND SHADOW. (BY PERMISSION OF
-WARREN DE LA RUE.)]
-
-What is it? No solid could hold together under such conditions; we can
-hardly admit the possibility of its being a liquid film extended in
-space; and there are difficulties in admitting it to be gaseous. But if
-not a solid, a liquid, or a gas, again what can it be? It was suggested
-nearly two centuries ago that the ring might be composed of innumerable
-little bodies like meteorites, circling round the globe so close
-together as to give the appearance we see, much as a swarm of bees at
-a distance looks like a continuous cloud; and this remains the most
-plausible solution of what is still in some degree a mystery. Whatever
-it be, we see in the ring the condition of things which, according
-to the nebular hypothesis, once pertained to all the planets at a
-certain stage of their formation; and this, with the extraordinary
-lightness of the globe (for the whole planet would float on water),
-makes us look on it as still in the formative stage of uncondensed
-matter, where the solid land as yet is not, and the foot could find
-no resting-place. Astrology figured Saturn as “spiteful and cold,--an
-old man melancholy;” but if we may indulge such a speculation, modern
-astronomy rather leads us to think of it as in the infancy of its
-life, with every process of planetary growth still in its future, and
-separated by an almost unlimited stretch of years from the time when
-life under the conditions in which we know it can even begin to exist.
-
- * * * * *
-
-Like this appears also the condition of Jupiter (Fig. 62), the
-greatest of the planets, whose globe, eighty-eight thousand miles in
-diameter, turns so rapidly that the centrifugal force causes a visible
-flattening. The belts which stretch across its disk are of all delicate
-tints--some pale blue, some of a crimson lake; a sea-green patch has
-been seen, and at intervals of late years there has been a great oval
-red spot, which has now nearly gone, and which our engraving does not
-show. The belts are largely, if not wholly, formed of rolling clouds,
-drifting and changing under our eyes, though more rarely a feature
-like the oval spot just mentioned will last for years, an enduring
-enigma. The most recent observations tend to make us believe that the
-equatorial regions of Jupiter, like those of the sun, make more turns
-in a year than the polar ones; while the darkening toward the edge is
-another sunlike feature, though perhaps due to a distinct cause, and
-this is beautifully brought out when any one of the four moons which
-circle the planet passes between us and its face, an occurrence also
-represented in our figure. The moon, as it steals on the comparatively
-dark edge, shows us a little circle of an almost lemon-yellow, but the
-effect of contrast grows less as it approaches the centre. Next (or
-sometimes before), the disk is invaded by a small and intensely black
-spot, the shadow of the moon, which slides across the planet’s face,
-the transit lasting long enough for us to see that the whole great
-globe, serving as a background for the spectacle, has visibly revolved
-on its axis since we began to gaze. Photography, in the skilful hands
-of the late Professor Henry Draper, gave us reason to suspect the
-possibility that a dull light is sent to us from parts of the planet’s
-surface besides what it reflects, as though it were still feebly
-glowing like a nearly extinguished sun; and, on the whole, a main
-interest of these features to us lies in the presumption they create
-that the giant planet is not yet fit to be the abode of life, but is
-more probably in a condition like that of our earth millions of years
-since, in a past so remote that geology only infers its existence, and
-long before our own race began to be. That science, indeed, itself
-teaches us that such all but infinite periods are needed to prepare a
-planet for man’s abode, that the entire duration of his race upon it is
-probably brief in comparison.
-
- * * * * *
-
-We pass by the belt of asteroids, and over a distance many times
-greater than that which separates the earth from the sun, till we
-approach our own world. Here, close beside it as it were, in comparison
-with the enormous spaces which intervene between it and Saturn and
-Jupiter, we find a planet whose size and features are in striking
-contrast to those of the great globe we have just quitted. It is Mars,
-which shines so red and looks so large in the sky because it is so
-near, but whose diameter is only about half that of our earth. This is
-indeed properly to be called a neighbor world, but the planetary spaces
-are so immense that this neighbor is at closest still about thirty-four
-million miles away.
-
-[Illustration: FIG 63.--THREE VIEWS OF MARS.]
-
-[Illustration: FIG 64.--MAP OF MARS.]
-
-Looking across that great gulf, we see in our engraving (Fig.
-63)--where we have three successive views taken at intervals of a few
-hours--a globe not marked by the belts of Jupiter or Saturn, but with
-outlines as of continents and islands, which pass in turn before our
-eyes as it revolves in a little over twenty-four and a half of our
-hours, while at either pole is a white spot. Sir William Herschel was
-the first to notice that this spot increased in size when it was turned
-away from the sun, and diminished when the solar heat fell on it; so
-that we have what is almost proof that here is ice (and consequently
-water) on another world. Then, as we study more, we discern forms which
-move from day to day on the globe apart from its rotation, and we
-recognize in them clouds sweeping over the surface,--not a surface of
-still other clouds below, but of what we have good reason to believe to
-be land and water.
-
-By the industry of numerous astronomers, seizing every favorable
-opportunity when Mars comes near, so many of these features have been
-gathered that we have been enabled to make fairly complete maps of the
-planet, one of which by Mr. Green is here given (Fig. 64).
-
-Here we see the surface more diversified than that of our earth,
-while the oceans are long, narrow, canal-like seas, which everywhere
-invade the land, so that on Mars one could travel almost everywhere by
-water. These canals seem also in some cases to exist in pairs or to be
-remarkably duplicated. The spectroscope indicates water-vapor in the
-Martial atmosphere, and some of the continents, like “Lockyer Land,”
-are sometimes seen white, as though covered with ice: while one island
-(marked on our map as Hall Island) has been seen so frequently thus,
-that it is very probable that here some mountain or tableland rises
-into the region of perpetual snow.
-
-The cause of the red color of Mars has never been satisfactorily
-ascertained. Its atmosphere does not appear to be dark enough to
-produce such an effect, and perhaps as probable an explanation as any
-is one the suggestion of which is a little startling at first. It is
-that vegetation on Mars may be _red_ instead of green! There is no
-intrinsic improbability in the idea, for we are even to-day unprepared
-to say with any certainty why vegetation is green here, and it is quite
-easy to conceive of atmospheric conditions which would make red the
-best absorber of the solar heat. Here, then, we find a planet on which
-we obtain many of the conditions of life which we know ourselves, and
-here, if anywhere in the system, we may allowably inquire for evidence
-of the presence of something like our own race; but though we may
-indulge in supposition, there is unfortunately no prospect that with
-any conceivable improvement in our telescopes we shall ever obtain
-anything like certainty. We cannot assert that there are any bounds to
-man’s invention, or that science may not, by some means as unknown to
-us as the spectroscope was to our grandfathers, achieve what now seems
-impossible; but to our present knowledge no such means exist, though we
-are not forbidden to look at the ruddy planet with the feeling that it
-may hold possibilities more interesting to our humanity than all the
-wonders of the sun, and all the uninhabitable immensities of his other
-worlds.
-
-Before we leave Mars, we may recall to the reader’s memory the
-extraordinary verification of a statement made about it more than a
-hundred years ago. We shall have for a moment to leave the paths of
-science for those of pure fiction, for the words we are going to quote
-are those of no less a person than our old friend Captain Gulliver,
-who, after his adventures with the Lilliputians, went to a flying
-island inhabited largely by astronomers. If the reader will take down
-his copy of Swift, he will find in this voyage of Gulliver’s to Laputa
-the following imaginary description of what its imaginary astronomers
-saw:--
-
- “They have likewise discovered two lesser stars or satellites
- which revolve about Mars, whereof the innermost is distant from
- the centre of the primary planet exactly three of its diameters,
- and the outermost five; the former revolves in the space of ten
- hours, and the latter in twenty-one and a half.”
-
-Now, compare this passage, which was published in the year 1727, with
-the announcement in the scientific journals of August, 1877 (a hundred
-and fifty years after), that two moons did exist, and had just been
-discovered by Professor Hall, of Washington, with the great telescope
-of which a drawing has been already given. The resemblance does not end
-even here, for Swift was right also in describing them as very near the
-planet and with very short periods, the actual distances being about
-one and a half and seven diameters, and the actual times about eight
-and thirty hours respectively,--distances and periods which, if not
-exactly those of Swift’s description, agree with it in being less than
-any before known in the solar system. It is certain that there could
-not have been the smallest ground for a suspicion of their existence
-when “Gulliver’s Travels” was written, and the coincidence--which is
-a pure coincidence--certainly approaches the miraculous. We can no
-longer, then, properly speak of “the snowy poles of moonless Mars,”
-though it does still remain moonless to all but the most powerful
-telescopes in the world, for these bodies are the very smallest known
-in the system. They present no visible disks to measure, but look
-like the faintest of points of light, and their size is only to be
-guessed at from their brightness. Professor Pickering has carried on
-an interesting investigation of them. His method depended in part on
-getting holes of such smallness made in a plate of metal that the light
-coming through them would be comparable with that of the Martial moons
-in the telescope. It was found almost impossible to command the skill
-to make these holes small enough, though one of the artists employed
-had already distinguished himself by drilling a hole through a fine
-cambric needle _lengthwise_, so as to make a tiny steel tube of it.
-When the difficulty was at last overcome, the satellites were found to
-be less than ten miles in diameter, and a just impression both of their
-apparent size and light may be gathered from the statement that either
-roughly corresponds to that which would be given by a human hand held
-up at Washington, and viewed from Boston, Massachusetts, a distance of
-four hundred miles.
-
-We approach now the only planet in which man is certainly known to
-exist, and which ought to have an interest for us superior to any which
-we have yet seen, for it is our own. We are voyagers on it through
-space, it has been said, as passengers on a ship, and many of us have
-never thought of any part of the vessel but the cabin where we are
-quartered. Some curious passengers (these are the geographers) have
-visited the steerage, and some (the geologists) have looked under the
-hatches, and yet it remains true that those in one part of our vessel
-know little, even now, of their fellow-voyagers in another. How much
-less, then, do most of us know of the ship itself, for we were all born
-on it, and have never once been off it to view it from the outside!
-
-No world comes so near us in the aerial ocean as the moon; and if we
-desire to view our own earth as a planet, we may put ourselves in fancy
-in the place of a lunar observer. “Is it inhabited?” would probably
-be one of the first questions which he would ask, if he had the same
-interest in us that we have in him; and the answer to this would call
-out all the powers of the best telescopes such as we possess.
-
-An old author, Fontenelle, has put in the mouth of an imaginary
-spectator a lively description of what would be visible in twenty-four
-hours to one looking down on the earth as it turned round beneath him.
-“I see passing under my eyes,” he says, “all sorts of faces,--white and
-black and olive and brown. Now it’s hats, and now turbans, now long
-locks and then shaven crowns; now come cities with steeples, next more
-with tall, crescent-capped minarets, then others with porcelain towers;
-now great desolate lands, now great oceans, then dreadful deserts,--in
-short, all the infinite variety the earth’s surface bears.” The truth
-is, however, that, looking at the earth from the moon, the largest
-moving animal, the whale or the elephant, would be utterly beyond our
-ken; and it is questionable whether the largest ship on the ocean
-would be visible, for the popular idea as to the magnifying power
-of great telescopes is exaggerated. It is probable that under any
-but extraordinary circumstances our lunar observer, with our best
-telescopes, could not bring the earth within less than an apparent
-distance of five hundred miles; and the reader may judge how large a
-moving object must be to be seen, much less recognized, by the naked
-eye at such a distance.
-
-Of course, a chief interest of the supposition we are making lies in
-the fact that it will give us a measure of our own ability to discover
-evidences of life in the moon, if there are any such as exist here; and
-in this point of view it is worth while to repeat, that scarcely any
-temporary phenomenon due to human action could be even telescopically
-visible from the moon under the most favoring circumstances. An army
-such as Napoleon led to Russia might conceivably be visible if it moved
-in a dark solid column across the snow. It is barely possible that such
-a vessel as one of the largest ocean steamships might be seen, under
-very favorable circumstances, as a moving dot; and it is even quite
-probable that such a conflagration as the great fire of Chicago would
-be visible in the lunar telescope, as something like a reddish star on
-the night side of our planet; but this is all in this sort that could
-be discerned.
-
-By making minute maps, or, still better, photographs, and comparing
-one year with another, much however might have been done by our lunar
-observer during this century. In its beginning, in comparison to the
-vast forests which then covered the North American continent, the
-cultivated fields along its eastern seaboard would have looked to him
-like a golden fringe bordering a broad mantle of green; but now he
-would see that the golden fringe has encroached upon the green farther
-back than the Mississippi, and he would gather his best evidence of
-change from the fact (surely a noteworthy one) that the people of
-the United States have altered the features of the world during the
-present century to a degree visible in another planet!
-
-Our observer would probably be struck by the moving panorama of
-forests, lakes, continents, islands, and oceans, successively gliding
-through the field of view of his telescope as the earth revolved;
-but, travelling along beside it on his lunar station, he would hardly
-appreciate its actual flight through space, which is an easy thing to
-describe in figures, and a hard one to conceive. If we look up at the
-clock, and as we watch the pendulum recall that we have moved about
-nineteen miles at every beat, or in less than three minutes, over a
-distance greater than that which divides New York from Liverpool, we
-still probably but very imperfectly realize the fact that (dropping
-all metaphor) the earth is really a great projectile, heavier than the
-heaviest of her surface rocks, and traversing space with a velocity of
-over sixty times that of the cannon-ball. Even the firing of a great
-gun with a ball weighing one or two hundred pounds is, to the novice at
-least, a striking spectacle. The massive iron sphere is hoisted into
-the gun, the discharge comes, the ground trembles, and, as it seems,
-almost in the same instant, a jet rises where the ball has touched the
-water far away. The impression of immense velocity and of a resistless
-capacity of destruction in that flying mass is irresistible, and
-justifiable too: but what is this ball to that of the earth, which is
-a globe counting eight thousand miles in diameter, and weighing about
-six thousand millions of millions of millions of tons; which, if our
-cannon-ball were flying ahead a mile in advance of its track, would
-overtake it in less than the tenth part of a second; and which carries
-such a potency of latent destruction and death in this motion, that if
-it were possible instantly to arrest it, then, in that instant, “earth
-and all which it inherits would dissolve” and pass away in vapor?
-
-Our turning sphere is moving through what seems to be all but an
-infinite void, peopled only by wandering meteorites, and where warmth
-from any other source than the sun can scarcely be said to exist; for
-it is important to observe that whether the interior be molten or
-not, we get next to no heat from it. The cold of outer space can only
-be estimated in view of recent observations as at least four hundred
-degrees Fahrenheit below zero (mercury freezes at thirty-nine degrees
-below), and it is the sun which makes up the difference of all these
-lacking hundreds of degrees to us, but indirectly, and not in the way
-that we might naturally think, and have till very lately thought; for
-our atmosphere has a great deal to do with it beside the direct solar
-rays, allowing more to come in than to go out, until the temperature
-rises very much higher than it would were there no air here. Thus,
-since it is this power in the atmosphere of storing the heat which
-makes us live, no less than the sun’s rays themselves, we see how the
-temperature of a planet may depend on considerations quite beside its
-distance from the sun; and when we discuss the possibility of life in
-other worlds, we shall do well to remember that Saturn may be possibly
-a warm world, and Mercury conceivably a cold one.
-
-We used to be told that this atmosphere extended forty-five miles above
-us, but later observation proves its existence at a height of many
-times this; and a remarkable speculation, which Dr. Hunt strengthens
-with the great name of Newton, even contemplates it as extending in
-ever-increasing tenuity until it touches and merges in the atmosphere
-of other worlds.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 65.--THE MOON.
-
-(FROM A PHOTOGRAPH BY L. M. RUTHERFURD, 1873, PUBLISHED BY O. G.
-MASON.)]
-
-But if we begin to talk of things new and old which interest us in our
-earth as a planet, it is hard to make an end. Still we may observe
-that it is the very familiarity of some of these which hinders us from
-seeing them as the wonders they really are. How has this familiarity,
-for instance, made commonplace to us not only the wonderful fact that
-the fields and forests, and the apparently endless plain of earth and
-ocean, are really parts of a great globe which is turning round
-(for this rotation we all are familiar with), but the less appreciated
-miracle that we are all being hurled through space with an immensely
-greater speed than that of the rotation itself. It needs the vision
-of a poet to see this daily miracle with new eyes; and a great poet
-has described it for us, in words which may vivify our scientific
-conception. Let us recall the prologue to “Faust,” where the archangels
-are praising the works of the Lord, and looking at the earth, not as we
-see it, but down on it, from heaven, as it passes by, and notice that
-it is precisely this miraculous swiftness, so insensible to us, which
-calls out an angel’s wonder.
-
- “And swift and swift beyond conceiving
- The splendor of the world goes round,
- Day’s Eden-brightness still relieving
- The awful Night’s intense profound.
- The ocean tides in foam are breaking,
- Against the rocks’ deep bases hurled,
- And both, the spheric race partaking,
- Eternal, swift, are onward whirled.”[5]
-
- [5] Bayard Taylor’s translation.
-
-So, indeed, might an angel see it and describe it!
-
- * * * * *
-
-We may have been already led to infer that there is a kind of evolution
-in the planets’ life, which we may compare, by a not wholly fanciful
-analogy, to ours; for we have seen worlds growing into conditions
-which may fit them for habitability, and again other worlds where we
-may surmise, or may know, that life has come. To learn of at least one
-which has completed the analogy, by passing beyond this term to that
-where all life has ceased, we need only look on the moon.
-
- * * * * *
-
-The study of the moon’s surface has been continued now from the time
-of Galileo, and of late years a whole class of competent observers has
-been devoted to it, so that astronomers engaged in other branches have
-oftener looked on this as a field for occasional hours of recreation
-with the telescope than made it a constant study. I can recall one or
-two such hours in earlier observing days, when, seated alone under
-the overarching iron dome, the world below shut out, and the world
-above opened, the silence disturbed by no sound but the beating of the
-equatorial clock, and the great telescope itself directed to some hill
-or valley of the moon, I have been so lost in gazing that it seemed as
-though a look through this, the real magic tube, had indeed transported
-me to the surface of that strange alien world. Fortunately for us, the
-same spectacle has impressed others with more time to devote to it and
-more ability to render it, so that we not only have most elaborate
-maps of the moon for the professional astronomer, but abundance of
-paintings, drawings, and models, which reproduce the appearance of
-its surface as seen in powerful telescopes. None of the latter class
-deserves more attention than the beautiful studies of Messrs. Nasmyth
-and Carpenter, who prepared at great labor very elaborate and, in
-general, very faithful models of parts of its surface, and then had
-them photographed under the same illumination which fell on the
-original; and I wish to acknowledge here the special indebtedness of
-this part of what I have to lay before the reader to their work, from
-which the following illustrations are chiefly taken.
-
-Let us remember that the moon is a little over twenty-one hundred miles
-in diameter; that it weighs, bulk for bulk, about two-thirds what the
-earth does, so that, in consequence of this and its smaller size, its
-total weight is only about one-eightieth of that of our globe; and
-that, the force of gravity at its surface being only one-sixth what it
-is here, eruptive explosions can send their products higher than in our
-volcanoes. Its area is between four and five times that of the United
-States, and its average distance is a little less than two hundred and
-forty thousand miles.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 66.--THE FULL MOON.]
-
-This is very little in comparison with the great spaces we have been
-traversing in imagination; but it is absolutely very large, and across
-it the valleys and mountains of this our nearest neighbor disappear,
-and present to the naked eye only the vague lights and shades known to
-us from childhood as “the man in the moon,” and which were the puzzle
-of the ancient philosophers, who often explained them as reflections
-of the earth itself, sent back to us from the moon as from a mirror.
-It, at any rate, shows that the moon always turns the same face toward
-us, since we always see the same “man,” and that there must be a back
-to the moon which we never behold at all; and, in fact, nearly half of
-this planet does remain forever hidden from human observation.
-
-The “man in the moon” disappears when we are looking in a telescope,
-because we are then brought so near to details that the general
-features are lost; but he can be seen in any photograph of the full
-moon by viewing it at a sufficient distance, and making allowance for
-the fact that the contrasts of light and shade appear stronger in the
-photograph than they are in reality. If the small full moon given in
-Fig. 66, for instance, be looked at from across a room, the naked-eye
-view will be recovered, and its connection with the telescopic ones
-better made out. The best time for viewing the moon, however, is not
-at the full, but at the close of the first quarter; for then we see,
-as in this beautiful photograph (Fig. 65) by Mr. Rutherfurd, that the
-sunlight, falling slantingly on it, casts shadows which bring out all
-the details so that we can distinguish many of them even here,--this
-photograph, though much reduced, giving the reader a better view than
-Galileo obtained with his most powerful telescope. The large gray
-expanse in the lower part is the Mare Serenitatis, that on the left the
-Mare Crisium, and so on; these “seas,” as they were called by the old
-observers, being no seas at all in reality, but extended plains which
-reflect less light than other portions, and which with higher powers
-show an irregular surface. Most of the names of the main features of
-the lunar surface were bestowed by the earlier observers in the infancy
-of the telescope, when her orb
-
- “Through optic glass the Tuscan artist ‘viewed’
- At evening from the top of Fiesole
- Or in Valdarno, to descry new lands,
- Rivers, or mountains in her spotty globe.”
-
-Mountains there are, like the chain of the lunar Apennines, which the
-reader sees a little below the middle of the moon, and to the right
-of the Mare Serenitatis, and where a good telescope will show several
-thousand distinct summits. Apart from the mountain chains, however, the
-whole surface is visibly pitted with shallow, crater-like cavities,
-which vary from over a hundred miles in diameter to a few hundred yards
-or less, and which, we shall see later, are smaller sunken plains
-walled about with mountains or hills.
-
-One of the most remarkable, of these is Tycho, here seen on the
-photograph of the full moon (Fig. 66), from which radiating streaks go
-in all directions over the lunar surface. These streaks are a feature
-peculiar to the moon (at least we know of nothing to which they can be
-compared on the earth), for they run through mountain and valley for
-hundreds of miles without any apparent reference to the obstacles in
-their way, and it is clear that the cause is a deep-seated one. This
-cause is believed by our authors to be the fact that the moon was once
-a liquid sphere over which a hard crust formed, and that in subsequent
-time the expansion of the interior before solidification cracked the
-shell as we see. The annexed figure (Fig. 67) is furnished by them to
-illustrate their theory, and to show the effects of what they believe
-to be an analogous experiment, _in minimis_, to what Nature has
-performed on the grandest scale; for the photograph shows a glass globe
-actually cracked by the expansion of an enclosed fluid (in this case
-water), and the resemblance of the model to the photograph of the full
-moon on page 141 is certainly a very interesting one.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 67.--GLASS GLOBE, CRACKED.]
-
-We are able to see from this, and from the multitude of craters shown
-even on the general view, where the whole face of our satellite is
-pit-marked, that eruptive action has been more prominent on the moon in
-ages past than on our own planet, and we are partly prepared for what
-we see when we begin to study it in detail.
-
-We may select almost any part of the moon’s surface for this nearer
-view, with the certainty of finding something interesting. Let us
-choose, for instance, on the photograph of the half-full moon (Fig.
-65), the point near the lower part of the Terminator (as the line
-dividing light from darkness is called) where a minute sickle of light
-seems to invade the darkness, and let us apply in imagination the power
-of a large telescope to it. We are brought at once considerably within
-a thousand miles of the surface, over which we seem to be suspended,
-everything lying directly beneath us as in a bird’s-eye view, and what
-we see is the remarkable scene shown in Fig. 68.
-
-We have before us such a wealth of detail that the only trouble is
-to choose what to speak of where every point has something to demand
-attention, and we can only give here the briefest reference to the
-principal features. The most prominent of these is the great crater
-“Plato,” which lies in the lower right-hand part of the cut. It will
-give the reader an idea of the scale of things to state that the
-diameter of its ring is about seventy miles; so that he will readily
-understand that the mountains surrounding it may average five to six
-thousand feet in height, as they do. The sun is shining from the left,
-and, being low, casts long shadows, so that the real forms of the
-mountains on one side are beautifully indicated by these shadows, where
-they fall on the floor of the crater. In the lower part of the mountain
-wall there has been a land-slide, as we see by the fragments that have
-rolled down into the plain, and of which a trace can be observed in our
-engraving. The whole is quite unlike most terrestrial craters, however,
-not only in its enormous size, but in its proportions; for the floor
-is not precipitous, but flat, or partaking of the general curvature of
-the lunar surface, which it sinks but little below. I have watched with
-interest in the telescope streaks and shades on the floor of Plato, not
-shown in our cut; for here some have suspected evidences of change,
-and fancied a faint greenish tint, as if due to vegetation, but it is
-probably fancy only. Notice the number of small craters around the
-big one, and everywhere on the plate, and then look at the amazingly
-rugged and tumbled mountain heaps on the left (the lunar Alps), cut
-directly through by a great valley (the valley of the Alps), which is
-at the bottom about six miles wide and extraordinarily flat,--flatter
-and smoother even than our engraving shows it, and looking as though
-a great engineering work, rather than an operation of Nature, were in
-question. Above this the mountain shadows are cast upon a wide plain,
-in which are both depressed pits with little mountain (or rather hill)
-rings about them, and extraordinary peaks, one of which, Pico (above
-the great crater), starts up abruptly to the height of eight thousand
-feet, a lunar Matterhorn.
-
-If Mars were as near as the moon, we should see with the naked eye
-clouds passing over its face; and that we never do see these on the
-moon, even with the telescope, is itself a proof that none exist there.
-Now, this absence of clouds, or indeed of any evidence of moisture,
-is confirmed by every one of the nearer views like those we are here
-getting. We might return to this region with the telescope every month
-of our lives without finding one indication of vapor, of moisture, or
-even of air; and from a summit like Pico, could we ascend it, we should
-look out on a scene of such absolute desolation as probably no
-earthly view could parallel. If, as is conceivable, these plains were
-once covered with verdure, and the abode of living creatures, verdure
-and life exist here no longer, and over all must be the silence of
-universal death. But we must leave it for another scene.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 68.--PLATO AND THE LUNAR ALPS.]
-
-South of Plato extends for many hundred miles a great plain, which
-from its smoothness was thought by the ancient observers to be water,
-and was named by them the “Imbrian Sea,” and this is bounded on the
-south and west by a range of mountains--the “lunar Apennines” (Fig.
-69)--which are the most striking on our satellite. They are visible
-even with a spy-glass, looking then like bread-crumbs ranged upon a
-cloth, while with a greater power they grow larger and at the same
-time more chaotic. As we approach nearer, we see that they rise
-with a comparatively gradual slope, to fall abruptly, in a chain of
-precipices that may well be called tremendous, down to the plain below,
-across which their shadows are cast. Near their bases are some great
-craters of a somewhat different type from Plato, and our illustration
-represents an enlarged view of a part of this Apennine chain, of the
-great crater Archimedes, and of its companions Aristillus and Autolycus.
-
-Our engraving will tell, more than any description, of the contrast
-of the tumbled mountain peaks with the level plain from which they
-spring,--a contrast for which we have scarcely a terrestrial parallel,
-though the rise of the Alps from the plains of Lombardy may suggest an
-inadequate one. The Sierra Nevadas of California climb slowly up from
-the coast side, to descend in great precipices on the east, somewhat
-like this; but the country at their feet is irregular and broken, and
-their highest summits do not equal those before us, which rise to
-seventeen or eighteen thousand feet, and from one of which we should
-look out over such a scene of desolation as we can only imperfectly
-picture to ourselves from any experience of a terrestrial desert. The
-curvature of the moon’s surface is so much greater than ours, that it
-would hide the spurs of hills which buttress the southern slopes of
-Archimedes, leaving only the walls of the great mountain ring visible
-in the extremest horizon, while between us and them would extend what
-some still maintain to have been the bed of an ancient lunar ocean,
-though assuredly no water exists there now.
-
-Among the many fanciful theories to account for the forms of the
-ringed plains, one (and this is from a man of science whose ideas are
-always original) invokes the presence of water. According to it, these
-great plains were once ocean beds, and in them worked a coral insect,
-building up lunar “atolls” and ring-shaped submarine mountains, as the
-coral polyp does here. The highest summits of the great rings thus
-formed were then low islands, just “a-wash” with the waves of the
-ancient lunar sea, and, for aught we know, green with feathery palms.
-Then came (in the supposition in question) a time when the ocean dried
-up, and the mountains were left standing, as we see, in rings, after
-the cause of their formation was gone. If it be asked where the water
-went to, the answer is not very obvious on the old theories; but those
-who believe in them point to the extraordinary cracks in the soil, like
-those our engraving shows, as chasms and rents, by which the vanished
-seas, and perhaps also the vanished air, have been absorbed into the
-interior.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 69.--THE LUNAR APENNINES: ARCHIMEDES.]
-
-If there was indeed such an ancient ocean, it would have washed the
-very feet of the precipices on whose summits we are in imagination
-standing, and below us their recesses would have formed harbors which
-fancy might fill with commerce, and cities in which we might picture
-life and movement where all is now dead. It need hardly be said that
-no telescope has ever revealed their existence (if such ruins, indeed,
-there are), and it may be added that the opinion of geologists is, as
-a whole, unfavorable to the presence of water on the moon, even in
-the past, from the absence of any clear evidence of erosive action;
-but perhaps we are not yet entitled to speak on these points with
-certainty, and are not forbidden to believe that water may have existed
-here in the past by any absolute testimony to the contrary. The views
-of those who hold the larger portion of the lunar craters to have
-been volcanic in their formation are far more probable; and perhaps
-as simple an evidence of the presumption in their favor as we can
-give is directly to compare such a lunar region as this, the picture
-of which was made for us from a model, with a similar model made from
-some terrestrial volcanic region. Here (Fig. 70) is a photograph of
-such a modelled plan of the country round the Bay of Naples, showing
-the ancient crater of Vesuvius and its central cone, with other and
-smaller craters along the sea. Here, of course, we _know_ that the
-forms originated in volcanic action, and a comparison of them with our
-moon-drawing is most interesting. To return to our Apennine region
-(Fig. 69), we must admit, however, when we consider the vast size of
-these things (Archimedes is fifty miles in diameter), that they are
-very different in proportion from our terrestrial craters, and that
-numbers of them present no central cone whatever; so that if some of
-them seem clearly eruptive, there are others to which we have great
-difficulties in making these volcanic theories apply. Let us look, for
-instance, at still another region (Fig. 71). It lies rather above the
-centre of the full moon, and may be recognized also on the Rutherfurd
-photograph; and it consists of the group of great ring-plains, three of
-which form prominent figures in our cut.
-
-Ptolemy (the lower of these in the drawing) is an example of such a
-plain, whose diameter reaches to about one hundred and fifteen miles,
-so that it encloses an area of nearly eight thousand square miles
-(or about that of the State of Massachusetts), within which there is
-no central cone or point from which eruptive forces appear to have
-acted, except the smaller craters it encloses. On the south we see
-a pass in the mountain wall opening into the neighboring ring-plain
-of Alphonsus, which is only less in size; and south of this again is
-Arzachel, sixty-six miles in diameter, surrounded with terraced walls,
-rising in one place to a height greater than that of Mont Blanc, while
-the central cone is far lower. The whole of the region round about,
-though not the roughest on the moon, is rough and broken in a way
-beyond any parallel here, and which may speak for itself; but perhaps
-the most striking of the many curious features--at least the only one
-we can pause to examine--is what is called “The Railway,” an almost
-perfectly straight line, on one side of which the ground has abruptly
-sunk, leaving the undisturbed part standing like a wall, and forming a
-“fault,” as geologists call it. This is the most conspicuous example of
-its kind in the moon, but it is only one of many evidences that we are
-looking at a world whose geological history has been not wholly unlike
-our own. But the moon contains, as has been said, but the one-eightieth
-part of the mass of our globe, and has therefore cooled with much
-greater rapidity, so that it has not only gone through the epochs
-of our own past time, but has in all probability already undergone
-experiences which for us lie far in the future; and it is hardly less
-than justifiable language to say that we are beholding here in some
-respects what the face of our world may be when ages have passed away.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 70.--VESUVIUS AND NEIGHBORHOOD OF NAPLES.]
-
-To see this more clearly, we may consider that in general we find that
-the early stages of cosmical life are characterized by great heat; a
-remark of the truth of which the sun itself furnishes the first and
-most obvious illustration. Then come periods which we appear to have
-seen exemplified in Jupiter, where the planet is surrounded by volumes
-of steam-like vapor, through which we may almost believe we recognize
-the dull glow of not yet extinguished fires; then times like those
-which our earth passed through before it became the abode of man;
-and then the times in which human history begins. But if this process
-of the gradual loss of heat go on indefinitely, we must yet come to
-still another era, when the planet has grown too cold to support life,
-as it was before too hot; and this condition, in the light of some very
-recent investigations, it seems probable we have now before us on the
-moon.
-
-We have, it is true, been taught until very lately that the side of the
-moon turned sunward would grow hotter and hotter in the long lunar day,
-till it reached a temperature of two hundred to three hundred degrees
-Fahrenheit, and that in the equally long lunar night it would fall as
-much as this below zero. But the evidence which was supposed to support
-this conclusion as to the heat of the lunar day is not supported by
-recent experiments of the writer; and if these be trustworthy, certain
-facts appear to him to show that the temperature of the moon’s surface,
-even under full perpetual sunshine, must be low,--and this because
-of the absence of air there to keep the stored sun-heat from being
-radiated away again into space.
-
-As we ascend the highest terrestrial mountains, and get partly above
-our own protecting blanket of air, things do not grow hotter and
-hotter, but colder and colder; and it seems contrary to the teachings
-of common sense to believe that if we could ascend higher yet, where
-the air ceases altogether, we should not find that it grew colder
-still. But this last condition (of airlessness) is the one which does
-prevail beyond a doubt in the moon, on whose whole surface, then, there
-must be (unless there are sources of internal heat of which we know
-nothing) conditions of temperature which are an exaggeration of those
-we experience on the summit of a very lofty mountain, where we have the
-curious result that the skin may be burned under the solar rays, while
-we are shivering at the same time in what the thermometer shows is an
-arctic cold.
-
-We have heard of this often; but a personal experience so impressed the
-fact on me that I will relate it for the benefit of the reader, who
-may wish to realize to himself the actual conditions which probably
-exist in the airless lunar mountains and plains we are looking at.
-He cannot go there; but he may go if he pleases, as I have done, to
-the waterless, shadeless waste which stretches at the eastern slope
-of the Sierra Nevadas (a chain almost as high and steep as the lunar
-Apennines), and live some part of July and August in this desert, where
-the thermometer rises occasionally to one hundred and ten degrees in
-the shade, and his face is tanned till it can tan no more, and he
-appears to himself to have experienced the utmost in this way that the
-sun can do.
-
-The sky is cloudless, and the air so clear that all idea of the real
-distance and size of things is lost. The mountains, which rise in
-tremendous precipices above him, seem like moss-covered rocks close
-at hand, on the tops of which, here and there, a white cloth has been
-dropped; but the “moss” is great primeval forests, and the white cloths
-large isolated snow-fields, tantalizing the dweller in the burning
-desert with their delusive nearness. When I climbed the mountains,
-at an altitude of ten thousand feet I already found the coolness
-delicious, but at the same time (by the strange effect I have been
-speaking of) the skin began to burn, as though the seasoning in the
-desert counted for nothing at all; and as the air grew thinner and
-thinner while I mounted still higher and higher, though the thermometer
-fell, every part of the person exposed to the solar rays presented the
-appearance of a recent severe burn from an actual fire,--and a really
-severe burn it was, as I can testify,--and yet all the while around us,
-under this burning sun and cloudless sky, reigned a perpetual winter
-which made it hard to believe that torrid summer still lay below. The
-thinner the air, then, the colder it grows, even where we are exposed
-to the sun, and the lower becomes the reading of the thermometer.
-Now, by means of suitable apparatus, it was sought by the writer to
-determine, while at this elevation of fifteen thousand feet, _how_
-great the fall of temperature would be if the thin air there could be
-removed altogether; and the result was that the thermometer would under
-such circumstances fall, at any rate, below zero in the full sunshine.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 71.--PTOLEMY AND ARZACHEL.]
-
-Of course, all this applies indirectly to the moon, above whose
-surface (if these inferences be correct) the mercury in the bulb of a
-thermometer would probably freeze and never melt again during the lunar
-day (and still less during the lunar night),--a conclusion which has
-been reached through other means by Mr. Ericsson,--and whose surface
-itself cannot be very greatly warmer. Other and direct measures of the
-lunar heat are still in progress while this is being written, but their
-probable result seems to be already indicated: it is that the moon’s
-surface, even in perpetual sunshine, must be forever cold. Just how
-cold, is still doubtful; and it is not yet certain whether ice, if once
-formed there, could ever melt.
-
-Here (Fig. 72) is one more scene from the almost unlimited field the
-lunar surface affords.
-
-The most prominent things in the landscape before us are two fine
-craters (Mercator and Campanus), each over thirty miles in diameter;
-but we have chosen this scene for remark rather on account of the great
-crack or rift which is seen in the upper part, and which cuts through
-plain and mountain for a length of sixty miles. Such cracks are counted
-by hundreds on the moon, where they are to be seen almost everywhere;
-and other varieties, in fact, are visible on this same plate, but
-we will not stop to describe them. This one varies in width from an
-eighth of a mile to a mile; and though we cannot see to the bottom
-of it, others are known to be at least eight miles deep, and may be
-indefinitely deeper.
-
-The edge of a cliff on the earth commonly gets weather-worn and
-rounded; but here the edge is sharp, so that a traveller along the
-lunar plains would come to the very brink of this tremendous chasm
-before he had any warning of its existence. It is usually thus with all
-such rifts; and the straightness and sharpness of the edge in these
-cases suggest the appearance of an ice-crack to the observer. I do
-not mean to assert that there is more than a superficial resemblance.
-I do not write as a geologist; but in view of what we have just been
-reading of the lunar cold, we may ask ourselves whether, if water
-ever did exist here, we should not expect to find perpetual ice, not
-necessarily glittering, but covered, perhaps, with the deposits of an
-air laden with the dust-products of later volcanic eruptions, or even
-covered in after ages, when the air has ceased from the moon, with the
-slow deposit of meteoric dust during millions of years of windless
-calm. What else can we think will become of the water on our own earth
-if it be destined to pass through such an experience as we seem to see
-prophesied in the condition of our dead satellite?
-
-The reader must not understand me as saying that there is ice on the
-moon,--only that there is not improbably perpetual ice there now _if_
-there ever was water in past time; and he is not to suppose that to
-say this is in any way to deny what seems the strong evidence of the
-existence of volcanic action everywhere, for the two things may well
-have existed in successive ages of our satellite’s past, or even have
-both existed together, like Hecla, within our own arctic snows; and
-if no sign of any still active lunar volcano has been discovered, we
-appear to read the traces of their presence in the past none the less
-clearly.
-
-I remember that at one time, when living on the lonely upper
-lava-wastes of Mount Etna, which are pitted with little craters, I grew
-acquainted with so many a chasm and rent filled with these, that the
-dreary landscape appeared from above as if a bit of the surface of
-the moon I looked up at through the telescope had been brought down
-beside me.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 72.--MERCATOR AND CAMPANUS.]
-
-I remember, too, that as I studied the sun there, and watched the
-volcanic outbursts on its surface, I felt that I possibly embraced in a
-threefold picture as many stages in the history of planetary existence,
-through all of which this eruptive action was an agent,--above in the
-primal energies of the sun; all around me in the great volcano, black
-and torn with the fires that still burn below, and whose smoke rose
-over me in the plume that floated high up from the central cone; and
-finally in this last stage in the moon, which hung there pale in the
-daylight sky, and across whose face the vapors of the great terrestrial
-volcano drifted, but on whose own surface the last fire was extinct.
-
-We shall not get an adequate idea of it all, unless we add to our
-bird’s-eye views one showing a chain of lunar mountains as they would
-appear to us if we saw them, as we do our own Alps or Apennines, from
-about their feet; and such a view Fig. 74 affords us. In the barren
-plain on the foreground are great rifts such as we have been looking
-at from above, and smaller craters, with their extinct cones; while
-beyond rise the mountains, ghastly white in the cold sunshine, their
-precipices crowned by no mountain fir or cedar, and softened by no
-intervening air to veil their nakedness.
-
-If the reader has ever climbed one of the highest Alpine peaks, like
-those about Monte Rosa or the Matterhorn, and there waited for the
-dawn, he cannot but remember the sense of desolation and strangeness
-due to the utter absence of everything belonging to man or his works
-or his customary abode, above all which he is lifted into an upper
-world, so novel and, as it were, so unhuman in its features, that he
-is not likely to have forgotten his first impression of it; and this
-impression gives the nearest but still a feeble idea of what we see
-with the telescope in looking down on such a colorless scene, where
-too no water bubbles, no tree can sigh in the breeze, no bird can
-sing,--the home of silence.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 73.--WITHERED HAND.]
-
-But here, above it, hangs a world in the sky, which we should need to
-call in color to depict, for it is green and yellow with the forests
-and the harvest-fields that overspread its continents, with emerald
-islands studding its gray oceans, over all of which sweep the clouds
-that bring the life-giving rain. It is our own world, which lights up
-the dreary lunar night, as the moon does ours.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 74.--IDEAL LUNAR LANDSCAPE AND EARTH-SHINE.]
-
-The signs of age are on the moon. It seems pitted, torn, and rent by
-the past action of long-dead fires, till its surface is like a piece
-of porous cinder under the magnifying-glass,--a burnt-out cinder of a
-planet, which rolls through the void like a ruin of what has been; and,
-more significant still, this surface is wrinkled everywhere, till the
-analogy with an old and shrivelled face or hand or fruit (Figs. 73 and
-75), where the puckered skin is folded about a shrunken centre, forces
-itself on our attention, and suggests a common cause,--a something
-underlying the analogy, and making it more than a mere resemblance.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 75.--WITHERED APPLE.]
-
-The moon, then, is dead; and if it ever was the home of a race like
-ours, that race is dead too. I have said that our New Astronomy
-modifies our view of the moral universe as well as of the physical one;
-nor do we need a more pregnant instance than in this before us. In
-these days of decay of old creeds of the eternal, it has been sought
-to satisfy man’s yearning toward it by founding a new religion whose
-god is Humanity, and whose hope lies in the future existence of our own
-race, in whose collective being the individual who must die may fancy
-his aims and purpose perpetuated in an endless progress. But, alas for
-hopes looking to this alone! we are here brought to face the solemn
-thought that, like the individual, though at a little further date,
-Humanity itself may die!
-
-Before we leave this dead world, let us take a last glance at one of
-its fairest scenes,--that which we obtain when looking at a portion
-on which the sun is rising, as in this view of Gassendi (Fig. 76),
-in which the dark part on our right is still the body of the moon,
-on which the sun has not yet risen. Its nearly level rays stretch
-elsewhere over a surface that is, in places, of a strangely smooth
-texture, contrasting with the ruggedness of the ordinary soil, which is
-here gathered into low plaits, that, with the texture we have spoken
-of, look
-
- “Like marrowy crapes of China silk,
- Or wrinkled skin on scalded milk,”
-
-as they lie, soft and almost beautiful, in the growing light.
-
-Where its first beams are kindling, the summits cast their shadows
-illimitedly over the darkening plains away on the right, until they
-melt away into the night,--a night which is not utterly black, for even
-here a subdued radiance comes from the earth-shine of our own world in
-the sky.
-
-Let us leave here the desolation about us, happy that we can come back
-at will to that world, our own familiar dwelling, where the meadows
-are still green and the birds still sing, and where, better yet, still
-dwells our own kind,--surely the world, of all we have found in our
-wanderings, which we should ourselves have chosen to be our home.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 76.--GASSENDI. NOV. 7, 1867.]
-
-
-
-
-VI.
-
-METEORS.
-
-
-What is truth? What is fact, and what is fancy, even with regard to
-solid visible things that we may see and handle?
-
-Among the many superstitions of the early world and credulous fancies
-of the Middle Ages, was the belief that great stones sometimes fell
-down out of heaven onto the earth.
-
-Pliny has a story of such a black stone, big enough to load a chariot;
-the Mussulman still adores one at Mecca; and a mediæval emperor of
-Germany had a sword which was said to have been forced from one of
-these bolts shot out of the blue. But with the revival of learning,
-people came to know better! That stones should fall down from the sky
-was clearly, they thought, an absurdity; indeed, according to the
-learned opinion of that time, one would hardly ask a better instance
-of the difference between the realities which science recognized and
-the absurdities which it condemned than the fancy that such a thing
-could be. So at least the matter looked to the philosophers of the
-last century, who treated it much as they might treat certain alleged
-mental phenomena, for instance, if they were alive to-day, and at first
-refused to take any notice of these stories, when from time to time
-they still came to hand. When induced to give the matter consideration,
-they observed that all the conditions for scientific observation were
-violated by these bodies, since the wonder always happened at some
-far-off place or at some past time, and (suspicious circumstance!)
-the stones only fell in the presence of ignorant and unscientific
-witnesses, and never when scientific men were at hand to examine the
-facts. That there were many worthy, if ignorant, men who asserted that
-they had seen such stones fall, seen them with their very eyes, and
-held them in their own hands, was accounted for by the general love of
-the marvellous and by the ignorance of the common mind, unlearned in
-the conditions of scientific observation, and unguided by the great
-principle of the uniformity of the Laws of Nature.
-
-Such a tone, of course, cannot be heard among us, who never hastily
-pronounce anything a departure from the “Laws of Nature,” while
-uncertain that these can be separated from the laws of the fallible
-human mind, in which alone Nature is seen. But in the last century
-philosophers had not yet become humble, or scientific men diffident
-of the absoluteness of their own knowledge, and so it seemed that no
-amount of evidence was enough to gain an impartial hearing in the face
-of the settled belief that the atmosphere extended only a few miles
-above the earth’s surface, and that the region beyond, whence alone
-such things could come, was an absolute void extending to the nearest
-planet.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 77.--THE CAMP AT MOUNT WHITNEY.
-
-(FROM “PROFESSIONAL PAPERS OF THE SIGNAL SERVICE,” VOL. XV.)]
-
-It used to be supposed that we were absolutely isolated, not only from
-the stars but from other planets, by vast empty spaces extending from
-world to world,--regions altogether vacant except for some vagrant
-comet; but of late years we are growing to have new ideas on this
-subject, and not only to consider space as far from void or tenantless,
-but to admit, as a possibility at least, that there is a sort of
-continuity between our very earth’s surface, the air above it, and
-all which lies beyond the blue overarching dome of our own sky. Our
-knowledge of the physical nature of the universe without has chiefly
-come from what the spectroscope, overleaping the space between us
-and the stars, has taught us of them; as a telegram might report to
-us the existence of a race across the ocean, without telling anything
-of what lay between. It would be a novel path to the stars, and to the
-intermediate regions whence these once mythical stones are now actually
-believed to come, if we could take the reader to them by a route which
-enabled us to note each step of a continuous journey from the earth’s
-surface out into the unknown; but if we undertake to start upon it, he
-will understand that we must almost at the outset leave the ground of
-comparative certainty on which we have hitherto rested, and need to
-speak of things on this road which are still but probabilities, and
-even some which are little more than conjectures, before we get to the
-region of comparative certainty again,--a region which, strange to say,
-exists far away from us, while that of doubt lies close at hand, for we
-may be said without exaggeration to know more about Sirius than about
-the atmosphere a thousand miles above the earth’s surface; indeed, it
-would be more just to say that we are sure not only of the existence
-but of the elements that compose a star, though a million of times as
-far off as the sun, while at the near point named we are not sure of so
-much as that the atmosphere exists at all.
-
-To begin our outward journey in a literal sense, we might rise from
-the earth’s surface some miles in a balloon, when we should find our
-progress stayed by the rarity of the air. Below us would be a gray
-cloud-ocean, through which we could see here and there the green
-earth beneath, while above us there would still be something in the
-apparently empty air, for if the sun has just set it will still be
-_light_ all round us. Something then, in a cloudless sky, still exists
-to reflect the rays towards us, and this something is made up of
-separately invisible specks of dust and vapor, but very largely of
-actual dust, which probably forms the nucleus of each mist-particle.
-That discrete matter of some kind exists here has long been recognized
-from the phenomena of twilight; but it is, I think, only recently that
-we are coming to admit that a shell of actual solid particles in the
-form of dust probably encloses the whole globe, up to far above the
-highest clouds.
-
-In 1881 the writer had occasion to conduct a scientific expedition to
-the highest point in the territories of the United States, on one of
-the summits of the Sierra Nevadas of Southern California, which rise
-even above the Rocky Mountains.
-
-The illustration on page 177 represents the camp occupied by this party
-below the summit, where the tents, which look as if in the bottom of a
-valley, are yet really above the highest zone of vegetation, and at an
-altitude of nearly twelve thousand feet.
-
-Still above these rise the precipices of barren rock seen in
-the background, their very bases far above the highest visible
-dust-clouds, which overspread like a sea the deserts at the mountain’s
-foot,--precipices which when scaled lift the observer into what is,
-perhaps, the clearest and purest air to be found in the world. It will
-be seen from the mere looks of the landscape that we are far away here
-from ordinary sources of contamination in the atmosphere. Yet even
-above here on the highest peak, where we felt as if standing on the
-roof of the continent and elevated into the great aerial currents of
-the globe, the telescope showed particles of dust in the air, which the
-geologists deemed to have probably formed part of the soil of China
-and to have been borne across the Pacific, but which also, as we shall
-see later, may owe something to the mysterious source of the phenomena
-already alluded to.
-
-It is far from being indifferent to us that the dust is there; for, to
-mention nothing else, without it, it would be night till the sunrise,
-and black night again as soon as the sun’s edge disappeared below
-the horizon. The morning and the evening twilight, which in northern
-latitudes increase our average time of light by some hours, and add
-very materially to the actual days of man’s life, are probably due
-almost wholly to particles scarcely visible in the microscope, and to
-the presence of such atoms, smaller than the very motes ordinarily
-seen in the sunbeam, which, as Mr. Aitken has shown, fill the air we
-breathe,--so minute and remote are the causes on which the habits of
-life depend.
-
-Before we can see that a part of this impalpable, invisible dust is
-also perhaps a link between our world and other members of the solar
-system, we must ask how it gets into the atmosphere. Is it blown up
-from the earth, or does it fall down out of the miscalled “void” of
-space?
-
-If we cast a handful of dust into the air, it will not mount far above
-the hand unless we set the air in motion with it, as in ascending
-smoke-currents; and the greatest explosions we can artificially
-produce, hurl their finer products but a few hundred feet at most from
-the soil. Utterly different are the forces of Nature. We have on page
-183 a reproduction from a photograph of an eruption of Vesuvius,--a
-mere toy-volcano compared to Etna or Hecla. But observe the smoke-cloud
-which rises high in the sunshine, looking solid as the rounded snows of
-an Alp, while the cities and the sea below are in the shadow. The smoke
-that mounts from the foreground, where the burning lava-streams are
-pouring over the surface and firing the woods, is of another kind from
-that rolling high above. _This_ comes from within the mountain, and
-is composed of clouds of steam mingled with myriads of dust-particles
-from the comminuted products of the earth’s interior; and we can see
-ourselves that it is borne away on a level, miles high in the upper air.
-
-But what is this to the eruption of Sumbawa or Krakatao? The latter
-occurred in 1883, and it will be remembered that the air-wave started
-by the explosion was felt around the globe, and that, probably owing
-to the dust and water-vapor blown into the atmosphere, the sunsets
-even in America became of that extraordinary crimson we all remember
-three years ago; and coincidently, that dim reddish halo made its
-appearance about the sun, the world over, which is hardly yet gone.[6]
-Very careful estimates of the amount of ashes ejected have been made;
-and though most of the heavier particles are known to have fallen
-into the sea within a few miles, a certain portion--the lightest--was
-probably carried by the explosion far above the lower strata of the
-atmosphere, to descend so slowly that some of it may still be there.
-Of this lighter class the most careful estimates must be vague; but
-according to the report of the official investigation by the Dutch
-Government, that which remained floating is something enormous. An idea
-of its amount may be gained by supposing these impalpable and invisible
-particles to condense again from the upper sky, and to pour down on
-the highest edifice in the world, the Washington Monument. If the dust
-were allowed to spread out on all sides, till the pyramidal slope was
-so flat as to be permanent, the capstone of the monument would not only
-be buried before the supply was exhausted, but buried as far below the
-surface as that pinnacle is now above it.
-
- [6] In January, 1887.
-
-Of the explosive suddenness with which the mass was hurled, we can
-judge something (comparing small things with great) by the explosion of
-dynamite.
-
-It happened once that the writer was standing by a car in which some
-railway porters were lifting boxes. At that moment came an almost
-indescribable sound, for it was literally stunning, though close and
-sharp as the crack of a whip in one’s hand, and yet louder than the
-nearest thunder-clap. The men leaped from the car, thinking that one of
-the boxes had exploded between them; but the boxes were intact, and we
-saw what seemed a pillar of dust rising above the roof of the station,
-hundreds of yards away. When we hurried through the building, we
-found nothing on the other side but a bare plain, extending over a
-mile, and beyond this the actual scene of the explosion that had
-seemed to be at our feet. There had been there, a few minutes before,
-extensive buildings and shops belonging to the railroad, and sidings
-on which cars were standing, two of which, loaded with dynamite, had
-exploded.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 78.--VESUVIUS DURING AN ERUPTION.]
-
-Where they _had_ been was a crater-like depression in the earth, some
-rods in diameter; the nearest buildings, great solid structures of
-brick and stone, had vanished, and the more distant wooden ones and the
-remoter lines of freight-cars on the side-tracks presented a curious
-sight, for they were not shattered so much as bent and leaning every
-way, as though they had been built of pasteboard, like card-houses,
-and had half yielded to some gigantic puff of breath. All that the
-explosion had shot skyward had settled to earth or blown away before
-we got in sight of the scene, which was just as quiet as it had been a
-minute before. It was like one of the changes of a dream.
-
-Now, it is of some concern to us to know that the earth holds within
-itself similar forces, on an incomparably greater scale. For instance,
-the explosion which occurred at Krakatao, at five minutes past ten, on
-the 27th of August, 1883, according to official evidence, was heard
-at a distance of eighteen hundred miles, and the puff of its air-wave
-injured dwellings two hundred miles distant, and, we repeat, carried
-into the highest regions of the atmosphere and around the world matter
-which it is at least possible still affects the aspect of the sun
-to-day from New York or Chicago.
-
-Do not the great flames which we have seen shot out from the sun
-at the rate of hundreds of miles a second, the immense and sudden
-perturbations in the atmosphere of Jupiter, and the scarred surface of
-the moon, seem to be evidences of analogous phenomena, common to the
-whole solar system, not wholly unconnected with those of earthquakes,
-and which we can still study in the active volcanoes of the earth?
-
-If the explosion of gunpowder can hurl a cannon-shot three or four
-miles into the air, how far might the explosion of Krakatao cast its
-fragments? At first we might think there must be some proportionality
-between the volume of the explosion and the distance, but this is not
-necessarily so. Apart from the resistance of the air, it is a question
-of the velocity with which the thing is shot upward, rather than the
-size of the gun, or the size of the thing itself, and with a sufficient
-velocity the projectile would never fall back again. “What goes up
-must come down,” is, like most popular maxims, true only within the
-limits of ordinary experience; and even were there nothing else in the
-universe to attract it, and though the earth’s attraction extend to
-infinity, so that the body would never escape from it, it is yet quite
-certain that it would, with a certain initial velocity (very moderate
-in comparison with that of the planet itself), go up and _never_ come
-back; while under other and possible conditions it might voyage out
-into space on a comet-like orbit, and be brought back to the earth,
-perhaps in after ages, when the original explosion had passed out of
-memory or tradition. But because all this is possible, it does not
-follow that it is necessarily true; and if the reader ask why he should
-then be invited to consider such suppositions at all, we repeat that
-in our journey outward, before we come to the stars, of which we know
-something, we pass through a region of which we know almost nothing;
-and this region, which is peopled by the subjects of conjecture, is
-the scene, if not the source, of the marvel of the falling stones,
-concerning which the last century was so incredulous, but for which
-we can, aided by what has just been said, now see at least a possible
-cause, and to which we now return.
-
-Stories of falling stones, then, kept arising from time to time during
-the last century as they had always done, and philosophers kept on
-disbelieving them as they had always done, till an event occurred which
-suddenly changed scientific opinion to compulsory belief.
-
-On the 26th of April, 1803, there fell, not in some far-off part of the
-world, but in France, not one alone, but many thousand stones, over
-an area of some miles, accompanied with noises like the discharge of
-artillery. A committee of scientific men visited the spot on the part
-of the French Institute, and brought back not only the testimony of
-scores of witnesses or auditors, but the stones themselves. Soon after
-stones fell in Connecticut, and here and elsewhere, as soon as men were
-prepared to believe, they found evidence multiplied; and such falls,
-it is now admitted, though rare in any single district, are of what
-may be called frequent occurrence as regards the world at large,--for,
-taking land and sea together, the annual stone-falls are probably to be
-counted by hundreds.
-
-It was early noticed that these stones consisted either of a peculiar
-alloy of iron, or of minerals of volcanic origin, or both; and the
-first hypothesis was that they had just been shot out from terrestrial
-volcanoes. As they were however found, as in the case of the
-Connecticut meteorite, thousands of miles from any active volcanoes,
-and were seen to fall, not vertically down, but as if shot horizontally
-overhead, this view was abandoned. Next the idea was suggested that
-they were coming from volcanoes in the moon; and though this had
-little to recommend it, it was adopted in default of a better, and
-entertained down to a comparatively very recent period. These stones
-are now collected in museums, where any one may see them, and are to be
-had of the dealers in such articles by any who wish to buy them. They
-are coming to have such a considerable money value that, in one case
-at least, a lawsuit has been instituted for their possession between
-the finder, who had picked the stones up on ground leased to him, and
-claimed them under the tenant’s right to wild game, and his landlord,
-who thought they were his as part of the real estate.
-
-Leaving the decision of this novel law-point to the lawyers, let us
-notice some facts now well established.
-
-The fall is usually preceded by a thundering sound, sometimes followed
-or accompanied by a peculiar noise described as like that of a flock
-of ducks rising from the water. The principal sound is often, however,
-far louder than any thunder, and sometimes of stunning violence. At
-night this is accompanied by a blaze of lightning-like suddenness and
-whiteness, and the stones commonly do not fall vertically, but as if
-shot from a cannon at long range. They are usually burning hot, but
-in at least one authenticated instance one was so intensely cold that
-it could not be handled. They are of all sizes, from tons to ounces,
-comparatively few, however, exceeding a hundred-weight, and they
-are oftenest of a rounded form, or looking like pieces of what was
-originally round, and usually wholly or partly covered with a glaze
-formed of the fused substance itself. If we slowly heat a lump of loaf
-sugar all through, it will form a pasty mass, while we may also hold it
-without inconvenience in our fingers to the gas-flame a few seconds,
-when it will be melted only on the side next the sudden heat, and
-rounded by the melting. The sharp contrast of the melted and the rough
-side is something like that of the meteorites; and just as the sugar
-does not burn the hand, though close to where it is brought suddenly
-to a melting heat, a mass of ironstone may be suddenly heated on the
-surface, while it remains cold on the inside. But, however it got
-there, the stone undoubtedly comes from the intensely cold spaces above
-the upper air; and what is the source of such a heat that it is melted
-in the cold air, and in a few seconds?
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 79.--METEORS OBSERVED NOV. 13 AND 14, 1868, BETWEEN
-MIDNIGHT AND FIVE O’CLOCK, A. M.]
-
-Everybody has noticed that if we move a fan gently, the air parts
-before it with little effort, while, when we try to fan violently,
-the same air is felt to react; yet if we go on to say that if the
-motion is still more violent the atmosphere will resist like a solid,
-against which the fan, if made of iron, would break in pieces, this may
-seem to some an unexpected property of the “nimble” air through which
-we move daily. Yet this is the case; and if the motion is only so quick
-that the air cannot get out of the way, a body hurled against it will
-rise in temperature like a shot striking an armor-plate. It is all a
-question of speed, and that of the meteorite is known to be immense.
-One has been seen to fly over this country from the Mississippi to
-the Atlantic in an inappreciably short time, probably in less than
-two minutes; and though at a presumable height of over fifty miles,
-the velocity with which it shot by gave every one the impression that
-it went just above his head, and some witnesses of the unexpected
-apparition looked the next day to see if it had struck their chimneys.
-The heat developed by arrested motion in the case of a mass of iron
-moving twenty miles a second can be calculated, and is found to be
-much more than enough, not only to melt it, but to turn it into vapor;
-though what probably does happen is, according to Professor Newton,
-that the melted surface-portions are wiped away by the pressure of the
-air and volatilized to form the luminous train, the interior remaining
-cold, until the difference of temperature causes a fracture, when the
-stone breaks and pieces fall,--some of them at red-hot heat, some of
-them possibly at the temperature of outer space, or far below that of
-freezing mercury.
-
-Where do these stones come from? What made them? The answer is not yet
-complete; but if a part of the riddle is already yielding to patience,
-it is worthy of note, as an instance of the connection of the sciences,
-that the first help to the solution of this astronomical enigma came
-from the chemists and the geologists.
-
-The earliest step in the study, which has now been going on for many
-years, was to analyze the meteorite, and the first result was that it
-contained no elements not found on this planet. The next was that,
-though none of these elements were unknown, they were not combined
-as we see them in the minerals we dig from the earth. Next it was
-found that the combinations, if unfamiliar at the earth’s surface and
-nowhere reproduced exactly, were at least very like such as existed
-down beneath it, in lower strata, as far as we can judge by specimens
-of the earth’s interior cast up from volcanoes. Later, a resemblance
-was recognized in the elements of the meteorites to those found by the
-spectroscope in shooting stars, though the spectroscopic observation
-of the latter is too difficult to have even yet proceeded very far.
-And now, within the last few years, we seem to be coming near to a
-surprising solution.
-
-It has now been shown that meteoric stones sometimes contain pieces
-of essentially different rocks fused together, and pieces of
-detritus,--the wearing down of older rocks. Thus, as we know that
-sandstone is made of compacted sand, and sand itself was in some
-still earlier time part of rocks worn down by friction,--when it is
-shown, as it has been by M. Meunier, that a sandstone penetrated by
-metallic threads (like some of our terrestrial formations) has come
-to us in a meteorite, the conclusion that these stones may be part
-of some old world is one that, however startling, we cannot refuse
-at least to consider. According to this view, there may have been a
-considerable planet near the earth, which, having reached the last
-stage of planetary existence shown in the case of our present moon,
-went one step further,--went, that is, out of existence altogether, by
-literal breaking up and final disappearance. We have seen the actual
-moon scarred and torn in every direction, and are asked to admit the
-possibility that a continuance of the process on a similar body has
-broken it up into the fragments that come to us. We do not say that
-this is the case, but that (as regards the origin of some of the
-meteorites at least) we cannot at present disprove it. We may, at any
-rate, present to the novelist seeking a new _motif_ that of a meteorite
-bringing to us the story of a lost race, in some fragment of art or
-architecture of its lost world!
-
-We are not driven to this world-shattering hypothesis by the absence
-of others, for we may admit these to be fragments of a larger body
-without necessarily concluding that it was a world like ours, or, even
-if it were, that the world which sent them to us is destroyed. In view
-of what we have been learning of the tremendous explosive forces we
-see in action on the sun and probably on other planets, and even in
-terrestrial volcanoes to-day, it is certainly conceivable that some
-of these stones may have been ejected by some such process from any
-sun, or star, or world we see. The reader is already prepared for
-the suggestion that part of them may be the product of terrestrial
-volcanoes in early epochs, when our planet was yet glowing sunlike with
-its proper heat, and the forces of Nature were more active; and that
-these errant children of mother earth’s youth, after circulating in
-lengthened orbits, are coming back to her in her age.
-
-Do not let us, however, forget that these are mostly speculations only,
-and perhaps the part of wisdom is not to speculate at all till we learn
-more facts; but are not the facts themselves as extraordinary as any
-invention of fancy?
-
-Although it is true that the existence of the connection between
-shooting stars and meteorites lacks some links in the chain of proof,
-we may very safely consider them together; and if we wish to know what
-the New Astronomy has done for us in this field, we should take up
-some treatise on astronomy of the last century. We turn in one to the
-subject of falling stars, and find that “this species of Star is only
-a light Exhalation, almost wholly sulphurous, which is inflamed in
-the free Air much after the same manner as Thunder in a Cloud by the
-blowing of the Winds.” That the present opinion is different, we shall
-shortly notice.
-
-All of us have seen shooting stars, and they are indeed something
-probably as old as this world, and have left their record in mythology
-as well as in history. According to Moslem tradition, the evil genii
-are accustomed to fly at night up to the confines of heaven in order to
-overhear the conversation of the angels, and the shooting stars are the
-fiery arrows hurled by the latter at their lurking foes, with so good
-an aim that we are told that for every falling star we may be sure that
-there is one spirit of evil the less in the world. The scientific view
-of them, however, if not so consolatory, is perhaps more instructive,
-and we shall here give most attention to the latter.
-
-To begin with, there have been observed in history certain times when
-shooting stars were unusually numerous. The night when King Ibrahim Ben
-Ahmed died, in October, 902, was noted by the Arabians as remarkable in
-this way; and it has frequently been observed since, that, though we
-can always see some of these meteors nightly, there are at intervals
-very special displays of them. The most notable modern one was on
-Nov. 13, 1833, and this was visible over much of the North American
-continent, forming a spectacle of terrifying grandeur. An eyewitness in
-South Carolina wrote:--
-
- “I was suddenly awakened by the most distressing cries that ever
- fell on my ears. Shrieks of horror and cries for mercy I could
- hear from most of the negroes of the three plantations, amounting
- in all to about six hundred or eight hundred. While earnestly
- listening for the cause I heard a faint voice near the door,
- calling my name. I arose, and, taking my sword, stood at the
- door. At this moment I heard the same voice still beseeching me
- to rise, and saying, ‘O my God, the world is on fire!’ I then
- opened the door, and it is difficult to say which excited me
- the most--the awfulness of the scene, or the distressed cries
- of the negroes. Upwards of one hundred lay prostrate on the
- ground,--some speechless and some with the bitterest cries, but
- with their hands raised, imploring God to save the world and
- them. ‘The scene was truly awful; for never did rain fall much
- thicker than the meteors fell toward the earth; east, west,
- north, and south, it was the same.”
-
-The illustration on page 189 does not exaggerate the number of the
-fiery flashes at such a time, though the zigzag course which is
-observed in some is hardly so common as it here appears.
-
-When it was noted that the same date, November 13th, had been
-distinguished by star-showers in 1831 and 1832, and that the great
-shower observed by Humboldt in 1799 was on this day, the phenomenon was
-traced back and found to present itself about every thirty-three years,
-the tendency being to a little delay on each return; so that Professor
-Newton and others have found it possible with this clew to discover
-in early Arabic and other mediæval chronicles, and in later writers,
-descriptions which, fitted together, make a tolerably continuous record
-of this thirty-three-year shower, beginning with that of King Ibrahim
-already alluded to. The shower appeared again in November, 1867 and
-1868, with less display, but with sufficient brilliance to make the
-writer well remember the watch through the night, and the count of the
-flying stars, his most lively recollection being of their occasional
-colors, which in exceptional cases ranged from full crimson to a vivid
-green. The count on this night was very great, but the number which
-enter the earth’s atmosphere even ordinarily is most surprising; for,
-though any single observer may note only a few in his own horizon,
-yet, taking the world over, at least ten millions appear every night,
-and on these special occasions very many more. This November shower
-comes always from a particular quarter of the sky, that occupied by the
-constellation Leo, but there are others, such as that of August 10th
-(which is annual), in which the “stars” seem to be shot at us from the
-constellation Perseus; and each of the numerous groups of star-showers
-is now known by the name of the constellation whence it seems to come,
-so that we have _Perseids_ on August 10th, _Geminids_ on December 12th,
-_Lyrids_, April 20th, and so on.
-
-The great November shower, which is coming once more in this century,
-and which every reader may hope to see toward 1899, is of particular
-interest to us as the first whose movements were subjected to analysis;
-for it has been shown by the labors of Professor Newton, of Yale, and
-Adams, of Cambridge, that these shooting stars are bodies moving around
-the sun in an orbit which is completed in about thirty-three years. It
-is quite certain, too, that they are not exhalations from the earth’s
-atmosphere, but little solids, invisible till they shine out by the
-light produced by their own fusion. Each, then, moves on its own track,
-but the general direction of all the tracks concurs; and though some
-of them may conceivably be solidified gases, we should think of them
-not as gaseous in form, but as solid shot, of the average size of
-something like a cherry, or perhaps even of a cherry-stone, yet each
-an independent planetoid, flying with a hundred times the speed of a
-rifle-bullet on its separate way as far out as the orbit of Uranus;
-coming back three times in a century to about the earth’s distance from
-the sun, and repeating this march forever, unless it happen to strike
-the atmosphere of the earth itself, when there comes a sudden flash of
-fire from the contact, and the distinct existence of the little body,
-which may have lasted for hundreds of thousands of years, is ended in a
-second.
-
-If the reader will admit so rough a simile, we may compare such a
-flight of these bodies to a thin swarm of swift-flying birds--thin, but
-yet immensely long, so as to be, in spite of the rapid motion, several
-years in passing a given point, and whose line of flight is cut across
-by us on the 13th of November, when the earth passes through it. We
-are only there on that day, and can only see it then; but the swarm is
-years in all getting by, and so we may pass into successive portions
-of it on the anniversary of the same day for years to come. The stars
-appear to shoot from Leo, only because that constellation is in the
-line of their flight when we look up to it, just as an interminable
-train of parallel flying birds would appear to come from some definite
-point on the horizon.
-
-We can often see the flashes of meteors at over a hundred miles, and
-though at times they may seem to come thick as Hakes of falling snow,
-it is probable, according to Professor Newton, that even in a “shower”
-each tiny planetoid is more than ten miles from its nearest neighbor,
-while on the average it is reckoned that we may consider that each
-little body, though possibly no larger than a pea, is over two hundred
-miles from its neighbor, or that to each such grain there is nearly
-ten million cubic miles of void space. Their velocity as compounded
-with that of the earth is enormous, sometimes forty to fifty miles per
-second (according to a recent but unproved theory of Mr. Denning, it
-would be much greater), and it is this enormous rate of progress that
-affords the semblance of an abundant fall of rain, notwithstanding the
-distance at which one drop follows another. It is only from their light
-that we are able to form a rough estimate of their average size, which
-is, as we have seen, extremely small; but, from their great number,
-the total weight they add to the earth daily may possibly be a hundred
-tons, probably not very much more. As they are as a rule entirely
-dissipated in the upper air, often at a height of from fifty to seventy
-miles, it follows that many tons of the finest pulverized and gaseous
-matter are shot into the earth’s atmosphere every twenty-four hours
-from outer space, so that here is an independent and constant supply
-of dust, which we may expect to find coming down from far above the
-highest clouds.
-
-Now, when the reader sees the flash of a shooting star, he may, if he
-please, think of the way the imagination of the East accounts for it,
-or he may look at what science has given him instead. In the latter
-case he will know that a light which flashed and faded almost together
-came from some strange little entity which had been traversing cold
-and vacant space for untold years, to perish in a moment of more than
-fiery heat; an enigma whose whole secret is unknown, but of which,
-during that instant flash, the spectroscope caught a part, and found
-evidence of the identity of some of its constituents with those of the
-observer’s own body.
-
-
-
-
-VII.
-
-COMETS.
-
-
-Of comets, the Old Astronomy knew that they came to the sun from great
-distances in all directions, and in calculable orbits; but as to
-_what_ they were, this, even in the childhood of those of us who are
-middle-aged, was as little known as to the centuries during which they
-still from their horrid heads shook pestilence and war. We do not know
-even now by any means exactly what they are, for enough yet remains to
-be learned about them still to give their whole study the attraction
-which belongs to the unknown; and yet we learn so much, and in a way
-which to our grandfathers would have been so unexpected, connecting
-together the comet, the shooting star, and the meteorite, that the
-astronomer who perhaps speaks with most authority about these to-day
-was able, not long ago, in beginning a lecture, to state that he held
-in his hand what had been a part of a comet; and what he held was,
-not something half vaporous or gaseous, as we might suppose from our
-old associations, but a curious stone like this on page 203, which,
-with others, had fallen from the sky in Iowa, a flashing prodigy, to
-the terror of barking dogs, shying horses, and fearful men, followed
-by clouds of smoke and vapor, and explosions that shook the houses
-like an earthquake, and “hollow bellowings and rattling sounds mingled
-with clang and clash and roar,” as an auditor described it. It is only
-a fragment of a larger stone which may have weighed tons. It looks
-inoffensive enough now, and its appearance affords no hint of the
-commotion it caused in a peaceable neighborhood only ten years ago. But
-what, it may be asked, is the connection between such things and comets?
-
-To answer this, let us recall the statement that the orbit of the
-November meteor swarm has been computed; which means that those flying
-bodies have been found to come only from one particular quarter out
-of all possible quarters, at one particular angle out of all possible
-angles, at one particular velocity out of all possible velocities, and
-so on; so that the chances are endless against mere accident producing
-another body which agreed in all these particulars, and others besides.
-Now, in 1867 the remarkable fact was established that a comet seen in
-the previous year (Comet 1, 1866) had the same orbit as the meteoroids,
-which implies, as we have just seen, that the comet and the meteors
-were in some way closely related.
-
-The paths of the August meteors and of the Lyrids also have both been
-found to agree closely with those of known comets, and there is other
-evidence which not only connects the comets and the shooting stars, and
-makes it probable that the latter are due to some disintegration of the
-former, but even looks as though the process were still going on. And
-now with this in mind we may, perhaps, look at these drawings with more
-interest.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 80.--COMET OF DONATI, SEPT. 16, 1858.[7]]
-
- [7] The five engravings of the Comet of Donati are from “Annals
- of the Astronomical Observatory of Harvard College.”
-
-We have all seen a comet, and we have all felt, perhaps, something of
-the awe which is called up by the thought of its immensity and its rush
-through space like a runaway star. Its head is commonly like a small
-luminous point, from which usually grows as it approaches the sun a
-relatively enormous brush or tail of pale light, which has sometimes
-been seen to stretch across the whole sky from zenith to horizon. It
-is useless to look only along the ecliptic road for a comet’s coming;
-rather may we expect to see it rushing down from above, or up from
-below, sometimes with a speed which is possibly greater than it
-could get from any fall--not so much, that is, the speed of a body
-merely dropping toward the sun by its weight, as that of a missile
-hurled into the orderly solar system from some unknown source without,
-and also associated with some unknown power; for while it is doubtful
-whether gravity is sufficient to account for the velocity of all
-comets, it seems certain that gravity can in no way explain some of the
-phenomena of their tails.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 81.--“A PART OF A COMET.”]
-
-Thousands of comets have been seen since the Christian era, and the
-orbits of hundreds have been calculated since the time of Newton.
-Though they may describe any conic section, and though most orbits
-are spoken of as parabolas, this is rather a device for the analyst’s
-convenience than the exact representation of fact. Without introducing
-more technical language, it will be enough to say here that we learn
-in other cases from the form of the orbit whether the body is drawn
-essentially by the sun’s gravity, or whether it has been thrown into
-the system by some power beyond the sun’s control, to pass away again,
-out of that control, never to return. It must be admitted, however,
-that though several orbits are so classed, there is not any one known
-to be beyond doubt of this latter kind, while we are certain that many
-comets, if not all, are erratic members of the solar family, coming
-back again after their excursions, at regular, though perhaps enormous,
-intervals.
-
-But what we have just been saying belongs rather to the province of
-the Old Astronomy than the New, which concerns itself more with the
-nature and appearance of the heavenly bodies than the paths they travel
-on. Perhaps the best way for us to look at comets will be to confine
-our attention at first to some single one, and to follow it from its
-earliest appearance to its last, by the aid of pictures, and thus
-to study, as it were, the species in the individual. The difficulty
-will be one which arises from the exquisitely faint and diaphanous
-appearance of the original, which no ordinary care can possibly render,
-though here the reader has had done for him all that the wood-engraver
-can do.
-
-We will take as the subject of our illustration the beautiful comet
-which those of us who are middle-aged can remember seeing in 1858,
-and which is called Donati’s from the name of its discoverer. We
-choose this one because it is the subject of an admirable monograph
-by Professor Bond of the Harvard College Observatory, from which our
-engravings have, by permission, been made.
-
-Let us take the history of this comet, then, as a general type of
-others; and to begin at the beginning, we must make the very essential
-admission that the origin of the comet’s life is unknown to us. Where
-it was born, or how it was launched on its eccentric path, we can only
-guess, but do not know; and how long it has been traversing it we can
-only tell later. On the 2d of June, 1858, this one was discovered
-in the way most comets are found, that is, by a _comet-hunter_, who
-detected it as a telescopic speck long before it became visible to the
-naked eye, or put forth the tail which was destined to grow into the
-beautiful object many of us can remember seeing. For over a century now
-there has been probably no year in which the heavens have not been thus
-searched by a class of observers who make comet-hunting a specialty.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 82.--COMET OF DONATI, SEPT. 24, 1858. (TELESCOPIC
-VIEW OF HEAD.)]
-
-The father of this very valuable class of observers appears to have
-been Messier, a Frenchman of the last century and of the purest type of
-the comet-hunters, endowed by Nature with the instinct for their search
-that a terrier has for rats. In that grave book, Delambre’s “History of
-Astronomy,” as we plod along its dry statements and through its long
-equations, we find, unexpected as a joke in a table of logarithms, the
-following piece of human nature (quoted from Messier’s contemporary, La
-Harpe):--
-
- “He [Messier] has passed his life in nosing out the tracks
- of comets. He is a very worthy man, with the simplicity of a
- baby. Some years ago he lost his wife, and his attention to her
- prevented him from discovering a comet he was on the search for,
- and which Montaigne of Limoges got away from him. He was in
- despair. When he was condoled with on the loss he had met, he
- replied, with his head full of the comet, ‘Oh, dear! to think
- that when I had discovered twelve, this Montaigne should have got
- my thirteenth.’ And his eyes filled with tears, till, remembering
- what it was he ought to be weeping for, he moaned, ‘Oh, my poor
- wife!’ but went on crying for his comet.”
-
-Messier’s scientific posterity has greatly multiplied, and it is rare
-now for a comet to be seen by the naked eye before it has been caught
-by the telescope of one of these assiduous searchers. Donati had, as
-we see, observed his some months before it became generally visible,
-and accordingly the engraving on page 201 shows it as it appeared on
-the evening of September 16, 1858, when the tail was already formed,
-and, though small, was distinct to the naked eye, near the stars of the
-Great Bear. The reader will easily recognize in the plate the familiar
-“dipper,” as the American child calls it, where the leading stars are
-put down with care, so that he may, if he please, identify them by
-comparison with the originals in the sky, even to the little companion
-to Mizar (the second in the handle of the “dipper,” and which the
-Arabs say is the lost Pleiad). We would suggest that he should note
-both the length of the tail on this evening as compared with the space
-between any two stars of the “dipper” (for instance, the two right-hand
-ones, called the “pointers”) and its distance from them, and then turn
-to page 209, where we have the same comet as seen a little over a
-fortnight later, on October 3d. Look first at its new place among the
-stars. The “dipper” is still in view, but the comet has drifted away
-from it toward the left and into other constellations. The large star
-close to the left margin of the plate, with three little stars below
-and to the right, is Arcturus; and the western stars of the Northern
-Crown are just seen higher up. Fortunately the “pointers,” with which
-we compared the comet on September 16th, are still here, and we can see
-for ourselves how it has not only shifted but grown. The tail is three
-times as long as before. It is rimmed with light on its upper edge,
-and fades away so gradually below that one can hardly say where it
-ends. But,--wonderful and incomprehensible feature!--shot out from the
-head, almost as straight as a ray of light itself, but fainter than the
-moonbeam, now appears an extraordinary addition, a sort of spur, which
-we can hardly call a new tail, it is so unlike the old one, but which
-appears to have been darted out into space as if by some mysterious
-force acting through the head itself. What the spur is, what the tail
-is, even what the nucleus is, we cannot be said really to know even
-to-day; but of the tail and of the nucleus or speck in the very head of
-the comet (too small to be visible in the engraving), we may say that
-the hairy tail (_comes_) gives the comet its name, and _is_ the comet
-to popular apprehension, but that it is probably the smallest part of
-the whole mass, while the little shining head, which to the telescope
-presents a still smaller speck called the nucleus, contains, it now
-seems probable, the only element of possible danger to the earth.
-
-While admitting our lack of absolute knowledge, we may, if we agree
-that meteorites were once part of a comet, say that it now seems
-probable that the nucleus is a hard, stone-like mass, or collection
-of such masses, which comes from “space” (that is, from we don’t know
-how far) to the vicinity of the sun, and there is broken by the heat
-as a stone in a hot fire. (Sir Isaac Newton calculates, in an often
-quoted passage of the Principia, that the heat which the comet of 1680
-was subjected to in its passage by the sun was two thousand times
-that of red-hot iron.) We have seen the way in which meteoric stones
-actually do crack in pieces with heat in our own atmosphere, partly,
-perhaps, from the expansion of the gases the stone contains, and it
-seems entirely reasonable to suppose that they may do so from the heat
-of the sun, and that the escaped gases may contribute something toward
-the formation of the tail, which is always turned away from the sun,
-and which always grows larger as that is approached, and smaller as
-it is receded from. However this may be, there is no doubt that the
-original solid which we here suppose may form the nucleus is capable
-of mischief, for it is asserted that it often passes the earth’s orbit
-with a velocity of as much as one hundred times that of a cannon-ball;
-that is, with ten thousand times the destructive capacity of a ball of
-the same weight shot from a cannon.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 83.--COMET OF DONATI, OCT. 3, 1858.]
-
-One week later, October 9th, the comet had passed over Arcturus
-with a motion toward our left into a new region of the sky, leaving
-Arcturus, which we can recognize with the upper one of its three little
-companions, on the right. Above it is the whole sickle of the Northern
-Crown, and over these stars the extremity of the now lengthened tail
-was seen to spread, but with so thin a veil that no art of the engraver
-can here adequately represent its faintness. The tail then, as seen in
-the sky, was now nearly twice its former size, though for the reason
-mentioned it may not appear so in our picture. It should be understood,
-too, that even the brightest parts of the original were far fainter
-than they seem here in comparison with the stars, which in the sky
-are brilliant points of light, which the engraver can only represent
-by dots of the whiteness of the paper. This being observed, it will
-be better understood that in the sky itself the faintest stars were
-viewed apparently undimmed through the brighter parts of the comet,
-while we can but faintly trace here another most faint but curious
-feature, a division of the tail into faint cross-bands like auroral
-streamers, giving a look as if it were yielding to a wind, which folded
-it into faint ridges like those which may be seen in the smoke of a
-steamer as it lags far behind the vessel. In fact, when we speak of
-“the” tail, it must be understood, as M. Faye reminds us, to be in
-the same sense that we speak of the plume of smoke that accompanies
-an ocean steamer, without meaning that it is the same thing which
-we are watching from night to night, more than we do that the same
-smoke-particles accompany the steamer as it moves across the Atlantic.
-In both cases the form alone probably remains; the thing itself is
-being incessantly dissipated and renewed. There is no air here, and yet
-some of these appearances in the original almost suggest the idea of
-medium inappreciably thin as compared with the head of the comet, but
-whose resistance is seen in the more unsubstantial tail, as that is
-drawn through it and bent backward, as if by a wind blowing toward the
-celestial pole.
-
-The most notable feature, however, is the development of a second ray
-or spur, which has been apparently darted through millions of miles in
-the interval since we looked at it, and an almost imperceptible bending
-backward in both, as if they too felt the resistance of something in
-what we are accustomed to think of as an absolute and perfect void.
-These tails are a peculiarly mysterious feature. They are apparently
-shot out in a direction opposite to the sun (and consequently opposed
-to the direction of gravity) at the rate of millions of miles a day.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 84.--COMET OF DONATI, OCT. 9, 1858.]
-
-Beyond the fact that the existence of some _repulsive_ force in the
-sun, a “negative gravity” actually existent, not in fancy, but in fact,
-seems pointed at, astronomers can offer little but conjecture here;
-and while some conceive this force as of an electrical nature, others
-strenuously deny it. We ought to admit that up to the present time we
-really know nothing about it, except that it exists.
-
-At this date (October 9th) the comet had made nearly its closest
-approach to the earth, and the general outline has been compared to
-that of the wing of some bird, while the actual size was so vast that
-even at the distance from which it was seen it filled an angle more
-than half of that from the zenith to the horizon.
-
-All the preceding drawings have been from naked-eye views; but if
-the reader would like to look more closely, he can see on page 217
-one taken on the night of October 5th through the great telescope
-at Cambridge, Mass. We will leave this to tell its own story, only
-remarking that it is not possible to reproduce the phantom-like
-faintness of the original spur, here also distinctly seen, or indeed
-to indicate fairly the infinite tenuity of the tail itself. Though
-millions of miles thick, the faintest star is yet perceptibly undimmed
-by it, and in estimating the character and quantity of matter it
-contains, after noting that it is not self-luminous, but shines
-only like the moon by reflected sunlight, we may recall the acute
-observation of Sir Isaac Newton where he compares the brightness of a
-comet’s tail with that of the light reflected from the particles in a
-sunbeam an inch or two thick, in a darkened room, and, after observing
-that if a little sphere of common air one inch in diameter were
-rarified to the degree which must obtain at only four thousand miles
-from the earth’s surface it would fill all the regions of the planets
-to far beyond the orbit of Saturn, suggests the excessively small
-quantity of vapor that is really requisite to create this prodigious
-phantom.
-
-The writer has had occasion for many years to make a special study of
-the reflection of light from the sky; and if such studies may authorize
-him to express any opinion of his own, he would give his adhesion to
-the remark of Sir John Herschel, that the actual weight of matter in
-such a cometary tail may be conceivably only an affair of pounds or
-even ounces. But if this is true of the tail, it does not follow of
-the nucleus, just seen in this picture, but of which the engraving on
-page 205 gives a much more magnified view. It is a sketch of the head
-alone, taken from a telescopic view on the 24th of September. Here the
-direction of the comet is still toward the sun (which must be supposed
-to be some indefinite distance beyond the upper part of the drawing),
-and we see that the lucid matter appears to be first jetted up, and
-then forced backward on either side, as if by a wind _from_ the sun,
-to form the tail, presenting successive crescent-shaped envelopes of
-decreasing brightness, which are not symmetrical, but one-sided, while
-sometimes the appearance is that of spurts of luminous smoke, wavering
-as if thrown out of particular parts of the internal nucleus “like a
-squib not held fast.” Down the centre of the tail runs a wonderfully
-straight black line, like a shadow cast from the nucleus. Only the
-nucleus itself still evades us, and even in this, the most magnified
-view which the most powerful telescope till lately in existence could
-give, remains a point.
-
-Considering the distance of the comet and the other optical conditions,
-this is still perfectly consistent with the possibility that it may
-have an actual diameter of a hundred miles or more. It “may” have,
-observe, not it “has,” for in fact we know nothing about it; but that
-it is at any rate less than some few hundred miles in diameter, and it
-may, for anything we can positively say, not be more than a very large
-stone, in which case our atmosphere would probably act as an efficient
-buffer if it struck us; or it may have a mass which, coupled with its
-terrible speed, would cause the shock of its contact not so much to
-pulverize the region it struck, as dissipate it and everything on it
-instantly into vapor.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 85.--COMET OF DONATI, OCT. 5, 1858. (TELESCOPIC
-VIEW.)]
-
-Of the remarkable investigations of the spectroscope on comets, we
-have only room left to say that they inform us that the most prominent
-cometary element seems to be carbon,--carbon, which Newton two hundred
-years before the spectroscope, and before the term “carbonic-acid gas”
-was coined, by some guess or divination had described in other words
-as possibly brought to us by comets to keep up the carbonic-acid-gas
-supply in our air,--carbon, which we find in our own bodies, and of
-which, according to this view, the comets are original sources.
-
-That _we_ may be partly made of old and used-up comets,--surely it
-might seem that a madder fancy never came from the brain of a lunatic
-at the full of the moon!
-
-Science may easily be pardoned for not giving instant reception to such
-an idea, but let us also remember, first, that it is a consequence of
-that of Sir Isaac Newton, and that in the case of such a man as he
-we should not be hasty to think we understand his ignorance, when we
-may be “ignorant of his understanding;” and, second, that it has been
-rendered at least debatable by Dr. Hunt’s recent researches whether
-it is possible to account for the perennial supply of carbon from the
-earth’s atmosphere, without looking to some means of renewal external
-to the planet.
-
-The old dread of comets is passing away, and all that science has
-to tell us of them indicates that, though still fruitful sources of
-curiosity and indeed of wonder, they need no longer be objects of
-terror. Though there be, as Kepler said, more comets in the sky than
-fish in the ocean, the encounter of the earth with a comet’s tail would
-be like the encounter with a shadow, and the chance of a collision
-with the nucleus is remote indeed. We may sleep undisturbed even if
-a new comet is announced every month, though it is true that here as
-elsewhere lie remote possibilities of evil.
-
-The consideration of the unfamiliar powers certainly latent in Nature,
-such as belong to a little tremor of the planet’s surface or such
-as was shown in that scene I have described, when the comparatively
-insignificant effect of the few tons of dynamite was to make solid
-buildings unrealities, which vanished away as quickly as magic-lantern
-pictures from a screen, may help us to understand that the words of
-the great poet are but the possible expression of a physical fact,
-and that “the cloud-capped towers, the gorgeous palaces, the solemn
-temples,”--and we with them,--may indeed conceivably some day vanish
-as the airy nothings at the touch of Prospero’s wand, and without the
-warning to us of a single instant that the security of our ordinary
-lives is about to be broken. We concede this, however, in the present
-case only as an abstract possibility; for the advance of astronomical
-knowledge is much more likely to show that the kernel of the comet
-is but of the bigness of some large meteorite, against which our air
-is an efficient shield, and the chance of evil is in any case most
-remote,--in any case only such as may come in any hour of our lives
-from any quarter, not alone from the earthquake or the comet, but
-from “the pestilence that walketh in darkness;” from the infinitely
-little below and within us, as well as from the infinite powers of the
-universe without.
-
-
-
-
-VIII.
-
-THE STARS.
-
-
-In the South Kensington Museum there is, as everybody knows, an immense
-collection of objects, appealing to all tastes and all classes, and
-we find there at the same time people belonging to the wealthy and
-cultivated part of society lingering over the Louis Seize cabinets or
-the old majolica, and the artisan and his wife studying the statements
-as to the relative economy of baking-powders, or admiring Tippoo Saib’s
-wooden tiger.
-
-There is one shelf, however, which seems to have some attraction common
-to all social grades, for its contents appear to be of equal interest
-to the peer and the costermonger. It is the representation of a _man_
-resolved into his chemical elements, or rather an exhibition of the
-materials of which the human body is composed. There is a definite
-amount of water, for instance, in our blood and tissues, and there on
-the shelf are just so many gallons of water in a large vessel. Another
-jar shows the exact quantity of carbon in us; smaller bottles contain
-our iron and our phosphorus in just proportion, while others exhibit
-still other constituents of the body, and the whole reposes on the
-shelf as if ready for the coming of a new Frankenstein to re-create
-the original man and make him walk about again as we do. The little
-vials that contain the different elements which we all bear about in
-small proportions are more numerous, and they suggest, not merely the
-complexity of our constitutions, but the identity of our elements with
-those we have found by the spectroscope, not alone in the sun, but even
-in the distant stars and nebulæ; for this wonderful instrument of the
-New Astronomy can find the traces of poison in a stomach or analyze
-a star, and its conclusions lead us to think that the ancients were
-nearly right when they called man a microcosm, or little universe. We
-have literally within our own bodies samples of the most important
-elements of which the great universe without is composed; and you and I
-are not only like each other, and brothers in humanity, but children of
-the sun and stars in a more literal sense, having bodies actually made
-in large part of the same things that make Sirius and Aldebaran. They
-and we are near relatives.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 86.--TYPES OF STELLAR SPECTRA.]
-
-But if near in kind, we are distant relatives in another way, for the
-sun, whose remoteness we have elsewhere tried to give an idea of, is
-comparatively close at hand; quite at hand, one may say, for if his
-distance, which we have found so enormous, be represented by that
-of a man standing so close beside us that our hand may rest on his
-shoulder, to obtain the proportionate distance of one of the _nearest_
-stars, like Sirius, for instance, we should need to send the man over
-a hundred miles away. It is probably impossible to give to any one an
-adequate idea of the extent of the sidereal universe; but it certainly
-is especially hard for the reader who has just realized with difficulty
-the actual immensity of the distance of the sun, and who is next told
-that this distance is literally a physical point as seen from the
-nearest star. The jaded imagination can be spurred to no higher flight,
-and the facts and the enormous numbers that convey them will not be
-comprehended.
-
-Look down at one of the nests of those smallest ants, which are made
-in our paths. To these little people, we may suppose, the other side
-of the gravel walk is the other side of the world, and the ant who
-has been as far as the gate, a greater traveller than a man who comes
-back from the Indies. It is very hard to think not only of ourselves
-as relatively far smaller than such insects, but that, less than such
-an ant-hill is to the whole landscape, is our solar system itself in
-comparison with the new prospect before us; yet so it is.
-
-All greatness and littleness are relative. When the traveller from the
-great star Sirius (where, according to the author of “Micromegas,”
-all the inhabitants are proportionately tall and proportionately
-long-lived), discovered our own little solar system, and lighted on
-what we call the majestic planet Saturn, he was naturally astonished at
-the pettiness of everything compared with the world he had left. That
-the Saturnian inhabitants were in his eyes a race of mere dwarfs (they
-were only a mile high, instead of twenty-four miles like himself) did
-not make them contemptible to his philosophic mind, for he reflected
-that such little creatures might still think and reason; but when he
-learned that these puny beings were also correspondingly short-lived,
-and passed but fifteen thousand years between the cradle and the
-grave, he could not but agree that this was like dying as soon as one
-was born, that their life was but a span, and their globe an atom. Yet
-it seems that when one of these very Saturnian dwarfs came afterward
-with him to our own little ball, and by the aid of a microscope
-discovered certain animalculæ on its surface, and even held converse
-with two of them, he could not in turn make up his own mind that
-intelligence could inhere in such invisible insects, till one of them
-(it was an astronomer with his sextant) measured his height to an inch,
-and the other, a divine, expounded to him the theology of some of these
-mites, according to which all the heavenly host, including Saturn and
-Sirius itself, were created for _them_.
-
-Do not let us hold this parable as out of place here, for what use is
-it to write down a long series of figures expressing the magnitude of
-other worlds, if it leave us with the old sense of the importance to
-creation of our own; and what use to describe their infinite number to
-a human mite who reads, and remains of the opinion that _he_ is the
-object they were all created for?
-
-Above us are millions of suns like ours. The Milky Way (shown on page
-225) spreads among them, vague and all-surrounding, as a type of the
-infinities yet unexplored, and of the world of nebulæ of which we
-still know so little. Let us say at once that it is impossible here to
-undertake the description of the discoveries of the New Astronomy in
-this region, for we can scarcely indicate the headings of the chapters
-which would need to be written to describe what is most important.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 87.--THE MILKY WAY. (FROM A STUDY BY E. L.
-TROUVELOT).]
-
-The first of these chapters (if we treated our subjects in the order of
-distance) would be one on space itself, and our changed ideas of the
-void which separates us from the stars. Of this we will only say in
-passing, that the old term “the temperature of space” has been nearly
-abrogated; for while it used to be supposed that more than half of
-the heat which warmed the earth came from this mysterious “space”
-or from the stars, it is now recognized that the earth is principally
-warmed only by the sun. Of the contents of the region between the
-earth and the stars, we have, it must be admitted, still little but
-conjecture; though perhaps that conjecture turns more than formerly to
-the idea that the void is not a real void, but that it is occupied by
-something which, if highly attenuated, is none the less matter, and
-something other and more than the mere metaphysical conception of a
-vehicle to transmit light to us.
-
-Of the stars themselves, we should need another chapter to tell what
-has been newly learned as to their color and light, even by the old
-methods, that is, by the eye and the telescope alone; but if we
-cannot dwell on this, we must at least refer, however inadequately,
-to what American astronomers are doing in this department of the New
-Astronomy, and first in the photometry of the stars, which has assumed
-a new importance of late years, owing to the labors carried on in this
-department at Cambridge.
-
-That one star differs from another star in glory we have long heard,
-but our knowledge of physical things depends largely on our ability
-to answer the question, “how much?” and the value of this new work
-lies in the accuracy and fulness of its measures; for in this case the
-whole heavens visible from Cambridge to near the southern horizon have
-been surveyed, and the brightness of every naked-eye star repeatedly
-measured, so that all future changes can be noted. This great work has
-taxed the resources of a great observatory, and its results are only to
-be adequately valued by other astronomers; but Professor Pickering’s
-own investigations on variable stars have a more popular interest. It
-is surely an amazing fact that suns as large or larger than our own
-should seem to dwindle almost to extinction, and regain their light
-within a few days or even hours; yet the fact has long been known,
-while the cause has remained a mystery. A mystery, in most cases, it
-remains still; but in some we have begun to get knowledge, as in the
-well-known instance of Algol, the star in the head of Medusa. Here it
-has always been thought probable that the change was due to something
-coming between us and the star; but it is on this very account that
-the new investigation is more interesting, as showing how much can be
-done on an old subject by fresh reasoning alone, and how much valuable
-ore may lie in material which has already been sifted. The discussion
-of the subject by Professor Pickering, apart from its elevated aim,
-has if, in its acute analysis only, the interest belonging to a story
-where the reader first sees a number of possible clews to some mystery,
-and then the gradual setting aside, one by one, of those which are
-only loose ends, and the recognition of the real ones which lead to
-the successful solution. The skill of the novelist, however, is more
-apparent than real, since the riddle he solves for us is one he has
-himself constructed, while here the enigma is of Nature’s propounding;
-and if the solution alone were given us, the means by which it is
-reached would indeed seem to be inexplicable.
-
-This is especially so when we remember what a point there is to work
-on, for the whole system reasoned about, though it may be larger than
-our own, is at such a distance that it appears, literally and exactly,
-far smaller to the eye than the point of the finest sewing-needle;
-and it is a course of accurate reasoning, and reasoning alone, on
-the character of the observed changing brightness of this point,
-which has not only shown the existence of some great dark satellite,
-but indicated its size, its distance from its sun, its time of
-revolution, the inclination of its orbit, and still more. The existence
-of dark invisible bodies in space, then, is in one case at least
-demonstrated, and in this instance the dark body is of enormous size;
-for, to illustrate by our own solar system, we should probably have
-to represent it in imagination by a planet or swarm of planetoids
-hundreds of times the size of Jupiter, and (it may be added) whirling
-around the sun at less than a tenth the distance of Mercury.
-
-Of a wholly different class of variables are those which have till
-lately only been known at intervals of centuries, like that new star
-Tycho saw in 1572. I infer from numerous inquiries that there is such a
-prevalent popular notion that the “Star of Bethlehem” may be expected
-to show itself again at about the present time, that perhaps I may be
-excused for answering these questions in the present connection.
-
-In the first place, the idea is not a new, but a very old one, going
-back to the time of Tycho himself, who disputed the alleged identity
-of his star with that which appeared to the shepherds at the Nativity.
-The evidence relied on is, that bright stars are said to have appeared
-in this constellation repeatedly at intervals of from three hundred
-and eight to three hundred and nineteen years (though even this is
-uncertain); and as the mean of these numbers is about three hundred and
-fourteen, which again is about one-fifth of 1572 (the then number of
-years from the birth of Christ), it has been suggested, in support of
-the old notion, that the Star of Bethlehem might have been a variable,
-shining out every three hundred and fourteen or three hundred and
-fifteen years, whose fifth return would fall in with the appearance
-that Tycho saw, and whose _sixth_ return would come in 1886 or 1887.
-This is all there is about it, and there is nothing like evidence,
-either that this was the star seen by the Wise Men, or that it is to
-be seen again by us. On the other hand, nothing in our knowledge, or
-rather in our ignorance, authorizes us to say positively it cannot
-come again; and it may be stated for the benefit of those who like to
-believe in its speedy return, that if it does come, it will make its
-appearance some night in the northern constellation of Cassiopeia’s
-chair, the position originally determined by Tycho at its last
-appearance, being twenty-eight degrees and thirteen minutes from the
-pole, and twenty-six minutes in right ascension.
-
-We were speaking of these new stars as having till lately only appeared
-at intervals of centuries; but it is not to be inferred that if they
-now appear oftener it is because there are more of them. The reason
-is, that there are more persons looking for them; and the fact is
-recognized that, if we have observers enough and look closely enough,
-the appearance of “new stars” is not so very rare a phenomenon. Every
-one at all interested in such matters remembers that in 1866 a new
-star broke out in the Northern Crown so suddenly that it was shining
-as bright as the Polar Star, where six hours before there had been
-nothing visible to the eve. Now all stars are not as large as our sun,
-though some are much larger; but there are circumstances which make
-it improbable that this was a small or near object, and it is well
-remembered how the spectroscope showed the presence of abnormal amounts
-of incandescent hydrogen, the material which is perhaps the most
-widely diffused in the universe (and which is plentiful, too, in our
-own bodies), so that there was some countenance to the popular notion
-that this was a world in flames. We were, at any rate, witnessing a
-catastrophe which no earthly experience can give us a notion of, in a
-field of action so remote that the flash of light which brought the
-news was unknown years on the way, so that all this--strange but now
-familiar thought--occurred long before we _saw_ it happen. The star
-faded in a few days to invisibility to the naked eye, though not to the
-telescope; and, in fact, all these phenomena at present appear rather
-to be enormous and sudden enlargements of the light of existing bodies
-than the creation of absolutely new ones; while of these “new stars”
-the examples may almost be said to be now growing numerous, two having
-appeared in the last two years.
-
-Not to enlarge, then, on this chapter of photometry, let us add, in
-reference to another department of stellar astronomical work, that the
-recognized master in the study of double stars the world over is not an
-astronomer by profession, at the head of some national observatory in
-Berlin or Paris, but a stenographer in the Chicago law-courts, Mr. W.
-S. Burnham, who, after his day’s duties, by nightly labor, prolonged
-for years with the small means at an amateur’s command, has perhaps
-added more to our knowledge of his special subject in ten years than
-all other living astronomers.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 88.--SPECTRA OF STARS IN PLEIADES.]
-
-We have here only alluded to the spectroscope in its application to
-stellar research, and we cannot now do more than to note the mere
-headlines of the chapters that should be written on it.
-
-First, there is the memorable fact that, after reaching across the
-immeasurable distances, we find that the stars are like _us_,--like in
-their ultimate elements to those found in our own sun, our own earth,
-our own bodies. Any fuller view of the subject than that which we here
-only indicate, would begin with the evidence of this truth, which is
-perhaps on the whole the most momentous our science has brought us, and
-with which no familiarity should lessen our wonder, or our sense of its
-deep and permanent significance.
-
-Next, perhaps, we should understand that, invading the province of the
-Old Astronomy, the spectroscope now tells us of the motions of these
-stars, which we cannot see move,--motions in what we have always called
-the “fixed” stars, to signify a state of fixity to the human eye, which
-is such, that to it at the close of the nineteenth century they remain
-in the same relative positions that they occupied when that eye first
-looked on them, in some period long before the count of centuries began.
-
-In perhaps the earliest and most enduring work of man’s hands, the
-great pyramid of Egypt, is a long straight shaft, cut slopingly through
-the solid stone, and pointing, like a telescope, to the heavens near
-the pole. If we look through it now we see--nothing; but when it was
-set up it pointed to a particular star which is no longer there. That
-pyramid was built when the savages of Britain saw the Southern Cross
-at night; and the same slow change in the direction of the earth’s
-axis, that in thousands of years has borne that constellation to
-southern skies, has carried the stone tube away from the star that it
-once pointed at. The actual motion of the star itself, relatively to
-our system, is slower yet,--so inconceivably slow that we can hardly
-realize it by comparison with the duration of the longest periods
-of human history. The stone tube was pointed at the star by the old
-Egyptians, but “Egypt itself is now become the land of obliviousness,
-and doteth. Her ancient civility is gone, and her glory hath vanished
-as a phantasma. She poreth not upon the heavens, astronomy is dead unto
-her, and knowledge maketh other cycles. Canopus is afar off, Memnon
-resoundeth not to the Sun, and Nilus heareth strange voices.” In all
-this lapse of ages, the star’s own motion could not have so much as
-carried it across the mouth of the narrow tube. Yet a motion to or
-from us of this degree, so slow that the unaided eve could not see it
-in thousands of years of watching, the spectroscope, first efficiently
-in the hands of the English astronomer, Dr. Huggins, and later in
-those of Professor Young of Princeton, not only reveals at a look, but
-tells us the amount and direction of it, in a way that is as strange
-and unexpected, in the view of our knowledge a generation ago, as its
-revelation of the essential composition of the bodies themselves.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 89.--SPECTRUM OF ALDEBARAN.]
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 90.--SPECTRUM OF VEGA.]
-
-Again, in showing us this composition, it has also shown us more, for
-it has enabled us to form a conjecture as to the relative ages of the
-stars and suns; and this work of classifying them, not only according
-to their brightness, but each after his kind, we may observe was
-begun by a countryman of our own, Mr. Rutherfurd, who seems to have
-been among the first after Fraunhofer to apply the newly-invented
-instrument to the stars, and quite the first to recognize that these
-were, broadly speaking, divisible into a few leading types, depending
-not on their size but on their essential nature. After him Secchi
-(to whom the first conception is often wrongly attributed) developed
-it, and gave four main classes into which the stars are in this way
-divisible, a classification which has been much extended by others;
-while the first carefully delineated spectra were those of Dr. Huggins,
-who has done so much for all departments of our science that in a
-fuller account his name would reappear in every chapter of this New
-Astronomy, and than whom there is no more eminent living example of
-its study. Owing to their feeble light, years were needed when he
-began his work to depict completely so full a single spectrum as that
-he gives of Aldebaran, though he has lived to see stellar spectrum
-photography, whose use he first made familiar, producing in its
-newest development, which we give here, the same result in almost as
-many minutes. Before we present this latest achievement of celestial
-photography, let us employ the old method of an engraving made from
-eye-drawings, once more, to illustrate on page 222 the distinct
-character of these spectra, and their meaning. In the telespectroscope,
-the star is drawn out into a band of colored light, but here we note
-only in black and white the lines which are seen crossing it, the
-red end in these drawings being at the left, and the violet at the
-right; and we may observe of this illustration, that though it may
-be criticised by the professional student, and though it lack to the
-general reader the attraction of color, or of beautiful form, it is
-yet full of interest to any one who wishes to learn the meaning of the
-message the star’s light can be made to yield through the spectroscope,
-and to know how significant the differences are it indicates between
-one star and another, where all look so alike to the eye. First is
-the spectrum of a typical white or blue-white star, Sirius,--the very
-brightest star in the sky, and which we all know. The brighter part
-of the spectrum is a nearly continuous ribbon of color, crossed by
-conspicuous, broad, dark lines, exactly corresponding in place to
-narrower ones in our sun, and due principally to hydrogen. Iron and
-magnesium are also indicated in this class, but by too fine lines to be
-here shown.
-
-Sirius, as will be presently seen, belongs to the division of stars
-whose spectrum indicates a very high temperature, and in this case, as
-in what follows, we may remark (to use in part Mr. Lockyer’s words)
-that one of the most important distinctions between the stars in the
-heavens is one not depending upon their mass or upon anything of that
-kind, but upon conditions which make their spectra differ, just in the
-way that in our laboratories the spectrum of one and the same body will
-differ at different temperatures.
-
-What these absolutely are in the case of the stars, we may not
-know; but placing them in their most probable relative order, we
-have taken as an instance of the second class, or lower-temperature
-stage, our own sun. The impossibility of giving a just notion of its
-real complexity may be understood, when we state that in the recent
-magnificent photographs by Professor Rowland, a part alone of this
-spectrum occupies something like fifty times the space here given to
-the whole, so that, crowded with lines as this appears, scarcely one
-in fifty of those actually visible can be given in it. Without trying
-to understand all these now, let us notice only the identity of two
-or three of its principal elements with those found in other stars,
-as shown by the corresponding identity of some leading lines. Thus, C
-and F (with others) are known to be caused by hydrogen; D, by sodium;
-_b_, by magnesium; while fainter lines are given by iron and by other
-substances. These elements can be traced by their lines in most of
-the different star-spectra on this plate, and all those named are
-constituents of our own frames.
-
-The hydrogen lines are not quite accurately shown in the plate from
-which our engraving is made, those in Sirius, for instance, being
-really wider by comparison than they are here given; and we may observe
-in this connection, that by the particular appearance such lines wear
-in the spectrum itself we can obtain some notion of the _mass_ of a
-star, as well as of its chemical constitution. We can compare the
-essential characteristics of such bodies, then, without reference
-to their apparent size, or as though they were all equally remote;
-and it is a striking thought, that when we thus rise to an impartial
-contemplation of the whole stellar universe, our sun, whose least ray
-makes the whole host of stars disappear, is found to be not only
-itself a star, but by comparison a small one,--one at least which is
-more probably below than above the average individual of its class,
-while some, such as Sirius, are not impossibly hundreds of times its
-size.
-
-Then comes a third class, such as is shown in the spectrum of the
-brightest star in Orion, looking still a little like that of our sun;
-but yet more distinctively in that of the brightest star in Hercules,
-looking like a columnar or fluted structure, and concerning which the
-observations of Lockyer and others create the strong presumption, not
-to say certainty, that we have here a lower temperature still. Antares
-and other reddish stars belong to this division, which in the very
-red stars passes into the fourth type, and there are more classes and
-subclasses without end; but we invite here attention particularly to
-the first three, much as we might present a child, an adult, and an
-old man, as types of the stages of human existence, without meaning to
-deny that there are any number of ages between. We can even say that
-this may be something more than a mere figure of speech, and that a
-succession in age is not improbably pointed at in these types.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 91.--GREAT NEBULA IN ORION. (FROM A PHOTOGRAPH BY
-A. A. COMMON, F. R. S.)]
-
-We may have considered--perhaps not without a sort of awe at the
-vastness of the retrospect--the past life of the worlds of our own
-system, from our own globe of fluid fire as we see it by analogy in
-the past, through the stages of planetary life to the actual condition
-of our present green earth, and on to the stillness of the moon. Yet
-the life history of our sun, we can hardly but admit, is indefinitely
-longer than this. We feel, rather than comprehend, the vastness of
-the period that separates our civilization from the early life of the
-world; but what is this to the age of the sun, which has looked on and
-seen its planetary children grow? Yet if we admit this temperature
-classification of the stars, we are not far from admitting that the
-spectroscope is now pointing out the stages in the life of suns
-themselves; suns just beginning their life of almost infinite years;
-suns in the middle of their course; suns which are growing old and
-casting feebler beams,--all these and many more it brings before us.
-
-Another division of our subject would, with more space, include a
-fuller account of that strange and most interesting development of
-photography which is going on even while we write; and this is so new
-and so important, that we must try to give some hint of it even in
-this brief summary, for even since the first numbers of this series
-were written, great advances have taken place in its application to
-celestial objects.
-
-Most of us have vague ideas about small portions of time; so much so,
-that it is rather surprising to find to how many intelligent people, a
-second, as seen on the clock face, is its least conceivable interval.
-Yet a second has not only a beginning, middle, and end, as much as a
-year has, but can, in thought at least, be divided into just as many
-numbered parts as a year can. Without entering on a disquisition about
-this, let us try to show by some familiar thing that we can at any rate
-not only divide a second in imagination into, let us say, a hundred
-parts, but that we can observe distinctly what is happening in such a
-short time, and make a picture of it,--a picture which shall be begun
-and completed while this hundredth of a second lasts.
-
-Every one has fallen through at least some such a little distance as
-comes in jumping from a chair to the floor, and most of us, it is safe
-to say, have a familiar impression of the fact that it takes, at any
-rate, less than a second in such a case from the time the foot leaves
-its first support till it touches the ground. Plainly, however large or
-small the fall may be, each fraction of an inch of it must be passed
-through in succession, and if we suppose the space to be divided,
-for instance, into a hundred parts, we must divide in thought the
-second into at least as many, since each little successive space was
-traversed in its own little interval of time, and the whole together
-did not make a second. We can even, as a matter of fact, very easily
-calculate the time that it will take anything which has already fallen,
-let us say one foot, to fall an inch more; and we find this, in the
-supposed instance, to be almost exactly one one-hundredth of a second.
-On page 243 is a reproduction of a photograph from Nature, of a man
-falling freely through the air. He has dropped from the grasp of the
-man above him, and has already fallen through some small distance,--a
-foot or so. If we suppose it to be a foot, since we can see that the
-man’s features are not blurred, as they would undoubtedly have been
-had he moved even much less than an inch while this picture was being
-taken, it follows, from what has been said, that the making of the
-whole picture--landscape, spectators, and all--occupied not _over_ one
-one-hundredth of a second.
-
-We have given this view of “the falling man” because, rightly
-understood, it thus carries internal evidence of the limit of time in
-which it could have been made; and this will serve as an introduction
-to another picture, where probably no one will dispute that the time
-was still shorter, but where we cannot give the same kind of evidence
-of the fact.
-
-“Quick as lightning” is our common simile for anything occupying,
-to ordinary sense, no time at all. Exact measurements show that the
-electric spark does occupy a time, which is almost inconceivably small,
-and of which we can only say here that the one one-hundredth of a
-second we have just been considering is a long period by comparison
-with the duration of the brightest portion of the light.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 92.--A FALLING MAN.]
-
-On page 245 we have the photograph of a flash of lightning (which
-proves to be several simultaneous flashes), taken last July from a
-point on the Connecticut coast, and showing not only the vivid zigzag
-streaks of the lightning itself, but something of the distant sea
-view, and the masts of the coast survey schooner “Palinurus” in the
-foreground, relieved against the sky. We are here concerned with this
-interesting autograph of the lightning, only as an illustration of our
-subject, and as proving the almost infinite sensitiveness of the recent
-photographic processes; for there seems to be no limit to the briefness
-of time in which, these can so act in some degree, whether the light be
-bright or faint, and no known limit to the briefness of time required
-for them to act _effectively_ if the light be bright enough.
-
-What has just preceded will now help us to understand how it is that
-photography also succeeds so well in the incomparably fainter objects
-we are about to consider, and which have been produced not by short but
-by long exposures. We have just seen how sensitive the modern plate
-is, and we are next to notice a new and very important point in which
-photographic action in general differs remarkably from that of the eye.
-Seeing may be described, not wholly inaptly, as the recognition of a
-series of brief successive photographs, taken by the optic lens on the
-retina; but the important difference between seeing and photographing,
-which we now ask attention to, is this: When the eye looks at a faint
-object, such as the spectrum of a star, or at the still fainter nebula,
-this, as we know, appears no brighter at the end of half an hour than
-at the end of the first half-second. In other words, after a brief
-fraction of a second, the visual effect does not sensibly accumulate.
-But in the action of the photograph, on the contrary, the effect _does_
-accumulate, and in the case of a weak light accumulates indefinitely.
-It is owing to this precious property, that supposing (for illustration
-merely) the lightning flash to have occupied the one-thousandth part
-of a second in impressing itself on the plate, to get a nearly similar
-effect from a continuous light one thousand times weaker, we have only
-to expose the ¡date a thousand times as long, that is, for one second;
-while from a light a million times weaker we should get the same
-result by exposing it a million times as long, that is, for a thousand
-seconds.
-
-And now that we come to the stars, whose spectra occupy minutes in
-taking, what we just considered will help us to understand how we can
-advantageously thus pass from a thousandth of a second or less, to
-one thousand seconds or even more, and how we can even,--given time
-enough,--conceivably, be able to photograph what the eye _cannot see at
-all_.
-
-[Illustration: FIG. 93.--A FLASH OF LIGHTNING. (FROM A PHOTOGRAPH BY
-DR. H. G. PIFFARD.)]
-
-We have on page 231 a photograph quite recently taken at Cambridge from
-a group of stars (the Pleiades) passing by the telescope. Every star
-is caught as it goes, and presented, not in its ordinary appearance to
-the eye, but by its spectrum. There is a general resemblance in these
-spectra from the same cluster; while in other cases the spectra are
-of all types and kinds, the essential distinction between individuals
-alike to the eve, being more strikingly shown, as stars apparently
-far away from one another are seen to have a common nature, and stars
-looking close together (but which may be merely in line, and really far
-apart) have often no resemblance; and so the whole procession passes
-through the field of view, each individual leaving its own description.
-This self-description will be better seen in the remarkable photographs
-of the spectra of Vega and Aldebaran, which are reproduced on page 235
-from the originals by a process independent of the graver. They were
-obtained on the night of November 9, 1886, at Cambridge, as a part of
-the work pursued by Professor Pickering, with means which have been
-given from fitting hands, thus to form a memorial of the late Dr. Henry
-Draper. We are obliged to the source indicated, then, for the ability
-to show the reader here the latest, and as yet inedited, results in
-this direction; and they are such as fully to justify the remark made
-above, that minutes, by this new process, take the place of years of
-work by the most skilful astronomer’s eye and hand.
-
-The spectrum of Vega (Alpha Lyræ) is marked only by a few strong lines,
-due chiefly to hydrogen, because these are all there are to be seen
-in a star of its class. Aldebaran (the bright star in Taurus), on the
-contrary, here announces itself as belonging to the family of our own
-sun, a probably later type, and distinguished by solar-like lines in
-its spectrum, which may be counted in the original photograph to the
-number of over two hundred. There is necessarily some loss in the
-printed reproduction; but is it not a wonderful thing, to be able to
-look up, as the reader may do, to Aldebaran in the sky, and then down
-upon the page before us, knowing that that remote, trembling speck of
-light has by one of the latest developments of the New Astronomy been
-made, without the intervention of the graver’s hand, to write its own
-autograph record on the page before him?
-
-In the department of nebular astronomy, photography has worked an equal
-change. The writer well remembers the weeks he has himself spent in
-drawing or attempting to draw nebulæ,--things often so ghost-like as
-to disappear from view every time the eye turned from the white paper,
-and only to be seen again when it had recovered its sensitiveness by
-gazing into the darkness. The labors of weeks were, literally, only
-represented by what looked like a stain on the paper; and no two
-observers, however careful, could be sure that the change between
-two drawings of a nebula at different dates was due to an alteration
-in the thing itself, or in the eye or hand of the observer, though
-unfortunately for the same reason it is impossible fully to render the
-nebulous effect of the photograph in engraving. We cannot with our
-best efforts, then, do full justice to the admirable one of Orion, on
-page 239, which we owe to the particular kindness of Mr. Common, of
-Ealing, England, whose work in this field is as yet unequalled. The
-original enlargement measures nearly two square feet in area, with
-fine definition. It is taken by thirty-nine minutes’ exposure, and its
-character can only be indicated here; for it is not too much to say
-here of this original also, that as many years of the life of the most
-skilled artist could not produce so trustworthy a record of this wonder.
-
-The writer remembers the interest with which he heard Dr. Draper,
-not long before his lamented death, speak of the almost incredible
-sensitiveness of these most recent photographic processes, and his
-belief that we were fast approaching the time when we should photograph
-what we could not even see. That time has now arrived. At Cambridge,
-in Massachusetts, and at the Paris Observatory, by taking advantage
-of the cumulative action we have referred to, and by long exposures,
-photographs have recently been taken showing stars absolutely invisible
-to the telescope, and enabling us to discover faint nebulæ whose
-previous existence had not been suspected; and when we consider that an
-hour’s exposure of a plate, now not only secures a fuller star-chart
-than years of an astronomer’s labor, but a more exact one, that the
-art is every month advancing perceptibly over the last, and that it is
-already, as we may say, not only making pictures of what we see, but
-of what we cannot see even with the telescope,--we have before us a
-prospect whose possibilities no further words are needed to suggest.
-
-We have now, not described, but only mentioned, some division of the
-labors of the New Astronomy in its photometric, spectroscopic, and
-photographic stellar researches, on each of which as many books, rather
-than chapters, might be written, to give only what is novel and of
-current interest. But these are themselves but a part of the modern
-work that has overturned or modified almost every conception about the
-stellar universe which was familiar to the last generation, or which
-perhaps we were taught in our own youth.
-
- * * * * *
-
-In considering the results to be drawn from this glance we have taken
-at some facts of modern observation, if it be asked, not only what
-the facts are, but what lessons the facts themselves have to teach,
-there is more than one answer, for the moral of a story depends on
-the one who draws it, and we may look on our story of the heavens
-from the point of view either of our own importance or of our own
-insignificance. In the one case we behold the universe as a sort of
-reflex of our own selves, mirroring in vast proportions of time and
-space our own destiny; and even from this standpoint, one of the
-lessons of our subject is surely that there is no permanence in any
-created thing. When primitive man learned that with lapsing years the
-oak withered and the very rock decayed, more slowly but as surely as
-himself, he looked up to the stars as the types of contrast to the
-change he shared, and fondly deemed them eternal; but now we have found
-change there, and that probably the star clusters and the nebulæ, even
-if clouds of suns and worlds, are fixed only by comparison with our own
-brief years, and, tried by the terms of their own long existence, are
-fleeting like ourselves.
-
- “We have often witnessed the formation of a cloud in a serene
- sky. A hazy point barely perceptible--a little wreath of mist
- increases in volume and becomes darker and denser, until it
- obscures a large portion of the heavens. It throws itself into
- fantastic shapes, it gathers a glory from the sun, is borne
- onward by the wind, and as it gradually came, so, perhaps, it
- gradually disappears, melting away in the untroubled air. But the
- universe is nothing more than such a cloud,--a cloud of suns and
- worlds. Supremely grand though it may seem to us, to the infinite
- and eternal intellect it is no more than a fleeting mist. If
- there be a succession of worlds in infinite space, there is also
- a succession of worlds in infinite time. As one after another
- cloud replaces clouds in the skies, so this starry system, the
- universe, is the successor of countless others that have preceded
- it,--the predecessor of countless others that will follow.”
-
-These impressions are strengthened rather than weakened when we come
-back from the outer universe to our own little solar system; for
-every process which we know, tends to the dissipation, or rather the
-degradation, of heat, and seems to point, in our present knowledge, to
-the final decay and extinction of the light of the world. In the words
-of one of the most eminent living students of our subject, “The candle
-of the sun is burning down, and, as far as we can see, must at last
-reach the socket. Then will begin a total eclipse which will have no
-end.
-
- ‘Dies iræ, dies illa,
- Solvet sæclum in favilla.’”
-
-Yet though it may well be that the fact itself here is true,
-it is possible that we draw the moral to it, unawares, from an
-unacknowledged satisfaction in the idea of the vastness of the funeral
-pyre provided for such beings as ourselves, and that it is pride,
-after all, which suggests the thought that when the sun of the human
-race sets, the universe will be left tenantless, as a body from which
-the soul has fled. Can we not bring ourselves to admit that there may
-be something higher than man and more enduring than frail humanity,
-in some sphere in which _our_ universe, conditioned as it is in space
-and time, is itself embraced; and so distrust the conclusions of man’s
-reason where they seem to flatter his pride?
-
-May we not receive even the teachings of science, as to the “Laws of
-Nature,” with the constant memory that all we know, even from science
-itself, depends on our very limited sensations, our very limited
-experience, and our still more limited power of conceiving anything for
-which this experience has not prepared us?
-
- * * * * *
-
-I have read somewhere a story about a race of ephemeral insects who
-live but an hour. To those who are born in the early morning the
-sunrise is the time of youth. They die of old age while his beams are
-yet gathering force, and only their descendants live on to midday;
-while it is another race which sees the sun decline, from that which
-saw him rise. Imagine the sun about to set, and the whole nation of
-mites gathered under the shadow of some mushroom (to them ancient
-as the sun itself) to hear what their wisest philosopher has to say
-of the gloomy prospect. If I remember aright, he first told them
-that, incredible as it might seem, there was not only a time in the
-world’s youth when the mushroom itself was young, but that the sun in
-those early ages was in the eastern, not in the western, sky. Since
-then, he explained, the eyes of scientific ephemera had followed it,
-and established by induction from vast experience the great “Law of
-Nature,” that it moved only westward; and he showed that since it
-was now nearing the western horizon, science herself pointed to the
-conclusion that it was about to disappear forever, together with the
-great race of ephemera for whom it was created.
-
-What his hearers thought of this discourse I do not remember, but I
-have heard that the sun rose again the next morning.
-
-
-
-
-INDEX.
-
-
- Abbe, Professor, 56.
-
- Actinism, 71.
-
- Adams, Professor, 195.
-
- Africa, 116.
-
- Ages, stellar, 238.
-
- Air:
- dancing, 17;
- a medium, 33;
- continuous, 176;
- rarefied, 179;
- motes, 181;
- nimble, 191.
- (See _Atmosphere_.)
-
- Airless Mountains, 160.
-
- Air-wave, 185.
-
- Aitken’s Researches, 181.
-
- Alaska, 38.
-
- Aldebaran, 222, 235, 236, 246.
-
- Algot, 228.
-
- Allegheny Observatory, 17, 19, 84, 86.
- (See _Langley_.)
-
- Alphonsus Ring-plain, 156.
-
- Alps, 39, 148, 151, 167, 181.
- (See _Apennines, Lunar_.)
-
- American Astronomers, 227.
-
- American Continents, 20, 21, 31.
- (See _South_.)
-
- Andalusia, 53.
-
- Animalculæ, 224.
-
- Animals:
- food, 74;
- fright, 42.
- (See _Dog_.)
-
- Antares, 238.
-
- Ants, 223.
- (See _Insects_.)
-
- Apennines, 151, 153, 155, 160, 167.
- (See _Alps, Lunar_.)
-
- Apples, 171.
-
- Arab Traditions, 194.
- (See _Moslem_.)
-
- Arago, quoted, 41, 42.
-
- Archimedes, 94.
-
- Archimedes Crater, 151–153, 155.
-
- Arctic Cold, 159.
-
- Arctic Pole, 96.
-
- Arcturus, 208, 211.
-
- Aristillus Crater, 151.
-
- Aristotelian Philosophy, 8.
-
- Arzachel, 156, 161.
-
- Asteroids, 128.
-
- Astrology, 127.
-
- Astronomers and Priests, 1–3.
- (See _American, New_, _Old_.)
-
- Astronomical Day, 85, 86.
-
- Atmosphere, 136, 180;
- as a shield, 216, 220.
- (See _Air_.)
-
- Atolls, 152.
-
- Auger, simile, 31.
-
- Aurora Borealis, 35, 67, 212.
-
- Autolycus Crater, 151.
-
- Axis, 9, 10.
-
-
- Babel, 96.
-
- Bain Telegraph, 88.
-
- Balloons, 176.
-
- Bees, 124.
- (See _Insects_.)
-
- Berkeley’s Theory, 70.
-
- Berlin Observatory, 233.
-
- Bernières’s Lens, 103.
-
- Bessemer Steel, 104–108.
-
- Birds, 172, 196, 197.
- (See _Animals_.)
-
- Black Hole, 73.
-
- Bond, Professor, 204.
-
- Boston, Mass., 88, 132.
-
- Bothkamp, observations at, 66.
-
- Breadstuffs, 78, 79.
- (See _Grain_, _Sun-spots_, _Wheat_.)
-
- Bridges, 20, 68.
-
- Britain, Ancient, 1, 234.
- (See _England_.)
-
- British Isles, 14, 25.
-
- Brocken Spectre, 55.
-
- Brothers, Mr., 50.
-
- Bubbles, 168.
-
- Buffer, the air as a, 216, 220.
-
- Bunsen’s Researches, 12.
-
- Burnham, W. S., 233.
-
- Burning-glasses, 102–104.
-
- Burning Heat, 160, 163.
-
-
- Cactus, 14, 24.
-
- Calcutta, 73.
-
- California, 151, 180.
-
- Cambric Needle (_q. v._), experiment, 132.
-
- Cambridge Observations, 227, 245–247.
-
- Camera Obscura, 63.
-
- Campanus Crater, 163, 165.
-
- Candle, simile, 39.
-
- Cannon-ball, 5, 38, 41, 98, 135, 186, 211.
-
- Canopus, 234.
-
- Carbon, 72, 73, 107, 221.
-
- Carbonic-acid Gas, 219.
-
- Carpenter’s Studio, 140.
-
- Carrington’s Work, 79, 87.
-
- Carthage, 116.
-
- Cassini, 42.
-
- Cassiopeia, 229.
-
- Cataclysm, 30.
-
- Centimetres, 93.
-
- Chacornac’s Drawing, 33.
-
- Chambers, on sun-spots, 80.
-
- Charleston Earthquake (_q. v._), 42.
-
- Chemical Elements, 221, 223.
-
- Cherry-stone, comparison, 196.
-
- Chicago:
- great fire, 134;
- astronomer, 233.
-
- China:
- lens, 103, 104;
- soil, 180.
-
- Chlorophyl, 73.
-
- Chocolate, simile, 107.
-
- Cholera, 80.
-
- Chromosphere, 7;
- clouds, 62;
- forms, 64–68.
-
- Cinders, 171.
-
- Clark’s Glasses, 123.
-
- Cliffs, 164.
-
- Clock, 135.
-
- Cloud-ocean, 179.
-
- Clouds:
- cirrous, 27, 28;
- beautiful, 54;
- and rain, 111;
- formed, 249.
-
- Coal-beds, 115.
-
- Coal:
- energy, 73–75, 111;
- destroyed, 97;
- wasted, 101;
- stock, 112.
-
- Cobweb, simile, 26.
-
- Cold:
- and eclipses, 40;
- in planets, 136.
-
- Colorado, 50.
-
- Colors:
- in eclipses (_q. v._), 65;
- mental, 70, 71;
- in Jupiter (_q. v._), 127;
- in moon (_q. v._), 168;
- in stars (_q. v._), 227;
- spectrum (_q. v._), 236.
-
- Comet-hunters, 204, 207.
-
- Comets:
- chapter, 199–220;
- Donati’s, 201, 204, 205, 207, 209, 217;
- one part, 203;
- parts and name, 208;
- tail (_q. v._), 208, 211;
- diameter and parts, 216;
- spectroscope, elements, dread, 219;
- numerous, stone, 219, 220;
- kernel, 220;
- (1858), 213–216;
- (1866), 200.
-
- Common, A. A., 239, 247.
-
- Compass, 86.
-
- Connecticut Observations, 186, 242.
-
- Converter, 104–108.
-
- Coral, 151.
-
- Corn, 111.
- (See _Grain_.)
-
- Corona, 7, 36, 37, 40, 41, 43, 45–52, 55, 56, 59, 60–62.
-
- Cotton-mill, 74.
-
- Counting, 94.
-
- Cracks, celestial, 163.
-
- Craters, 164.
- (See special names.)
-
- Crystalline Structure, 4, 23–27.
-
- Cyclones, 24, 31, 32, 68.
-
-
- Decay, 248, 249.
-
- Delambre’s History, 207.
-
- De la Rue’s Engraving, 125.
-
- Delfthaven, 5.
-
- Denning’s Theory, 197.
-
- Diamonds, melted, 103.
-
- Dies Iræ, 249.
-
- Dipper, 207, 208.
- (See _Great Bear_, _Polar_.)
-
- Diurnal Oscillation, 87.
-
- Dog, anecdote of, 42.
- (See _Animals_.)
-
- Donati, 201, 204, 205, 207, 209, 213, 217.
- (See _Comets_.)
-
- Double Stars, 233.
-
- Draper, Professor Henry, 128, 246, 247.
-
- Ducks, noise, 188.
-
- Dust, 34, 100, 101, 102, 105, 197.
-
- Dynamite, 182, 185, 220.
-
-
- Earth:
- relations, 3, 4;
- description difficult, 6;
- temperature (_q. v._), 34, 101;
- a string of earths, 96;
- stars like, 118;
- seen from outside, 133–135;
- craters, 148.
-
- Earthquakes, 220.
- (See _Charleston_.)
-
- Earth-shine, 167, 172.
-
- Eclipses:
- total, 7, 37;
- screen, 36;
- three, 39, 55;
- partial, 40;
- singular gloom, 39–43;
- causing fright, 43;
- colors (_q. v._), 48, 56, 61, 65, 66;
- (1842), 41;
- (1857), 48;
- (1869), 39, 40;
- (1870), 44, 61;
- (1871), 50, 66, 68;
- (1878), 38, 50, 57, 58.
- (See _Total_.)
-
- Egypt, 116, 234.
- (See _Pyramids_.)
-
- Electricity, 13, 75, 76.
-
- Electric Light, 7.
-
- Electric Spark, 242.
- (See _Lightning_.)
-
- Electric Storm, 84, 85, 88.
-
- Elizabeth, Queen, 115.
-
- Engine-power, 98, 111.
-
- England:
- fleets, 2;
- coal, 115.
- (See _Britain_, _London_.)
-
- Engraving, 17.
-
- Enigma, 228.
-
- Ephemera, 250, 251.
-
- Equatorial Landscape, 13, 17, 18, 47.
-
- Equatorial Telescope, 122.
-
- Ericsson:
- engravings, 112, 113;
- discoveries, 163.
-
- Eruptive Promontories, 66–68.
-
- Etna, 164, 181.
-
- Europe, size, 25.
-
- Evolution, planetary, 139.
-
- Explosive Forces, 182–194.
-
- Eye, 71, 227.
-
- Eye-pieces, 47, 63.
-
-
- Fabricius’s Observations, 8.
-
- Fact and Fancy, 175.
-
- Factory, 73.
-
- Faculæ, 32, 33.
-
- Falling, 242, 243.
-
- Falling Stars, 193.
- (See _Meteors_, _Shooting_.)
-
- Faraday, Michael, 76.
-
- Fault, technical term, 156.
-
- Faust, 139.
-
- Faye:
- theory, 29–32;
- on Comets’ Tails, 212.
-
- Fern-like Forms, 25, 26.
-
- Filaments, 25–27, 30, 55, 56, 65, 66, 68.
-
- Fire, in sun (_q. v._), 92.
- (See _Flames_, _Heat_.)
-
- Fixed Stars, 233.
-
- Flame-like Appearances, 23, 24.
-
- Flames, 65, 66, 69, 185.
-
- Flashes, 189, 195.
-
- Flax, 111.
-
- Flowers, color (_q. v._), 70.
- (See _Rose_, _Plants_.)
-
- Foliage-forms, 32.
-
- Fontenelle’s Story, 133.
-
- Forbes’s Observations, 38, 39.
-
- Frankenstein, 221.
-
- Franklin’s Discoveries, 76.
-
- Fraunhofer Studies, 235.
-
- French Institute, 186.
-
- Frost-crystals (_q. v._), 23.
-
- Furnaces, 101.
-
-
- Galileo, 8, 121–123, 139, 140.
-
- Gas:
- glowing, 44;
- in sun, 60.
-
- Gas-jets, 40, 61, 68, 88.
-
- Gassendi’s View, 172, 173.
-
- Gelinck’s Observations, 80.
-
- Geminids, 196.
-
- Genii, 193.
-
- Geographers and Geologists, 133.
-
- Glare, 14, 18, 62–64.
-
- Glass:
- spun, 26;
- globe, 145.
-
- Glow-worms, 7, 117.
-
- Good Hope Observations, 80.
-
- Gould’s Researches, 80.
-
- Grain, prices, 77, 80, 87.
- (See _Corn_, _Sun-spots_, _Wheat_.)
-
- Gramarye, 92.
-
- Grass-blades, 66, 72.
-
- Grasses, 26.
-
- Gravitation, 72, 203;
- negative, 215.
-
- Great Bear, 207.
- (See _Dipper_, _Polar_.)
-
- Green’s Maps, 130.
-
- Greenwich Observatory, 2, 81, 82, 84, 85, 88, 89.
-
- Gulliver’s Travels, 131, 132.
- (See _Swift_.)
-
- Gunpowder, 186.
-
- Guns, 135.
- (See _Cannon-ball_.)
-
-
- Hall Island, 130.
-
- Hall, Professor, 131.
-
- Hand, illustration, 168.
-
- Harkness’s Observations, 44.
-
- Harvests, 90.
-
- Hastings, Professor, 60.
-
- Heat:
- development, 13;
- concentration, 19;
- loss, 29;
- confinement, 33;
- sensation, 71;
- vibrations, 72;
- energy, 91;
- amount, 92, 97;
- computation, 94–96;
- diminution, 101;
- emission, 102;
- storage, 111;
- in sugar, 188.
- (See _Flames_, _Sun_.)
-
- Hecla, 164, 181.
-
- Hedgehog-spines, simile, 68.
-
- Helmholtz’s Estimates, 98.
-
- Hengist and Horsa, 1.
- (See _Britain_.)
-
- Hercules, 238.
-
- Herschel, Sir John:
- sun-spots, 12–14;
- electric storms, 88;
- comet’s tail, 216.
-
- Herschel, Sir William:
- avoidance of light, 18;
- prices, 79;
- sun-spots (_q. v._), 129.
-
- Herschel’s Outlines, 11.
-
- Holden, Professor, 124.
-
- Honeycomb Structure, 30.
-
- Huggins’s Experiment, 234, 235.
-
- Humanity, deified, 172.
-
- Human Race, 250.
-
- Humboldt, 195.
-
- Humming-bird, 70.
-
- Hunt, Professor, 136, 219.
-
- Hydrogen, 68, 99, 237.
-
-
- Ibrahim, King, story, 194, 195.
-
- Ice:
- melted, 95, 96;
- never melted, 163, 164.
-
- Imbrian Sea, 151.
-
- Insects, 224, 250.
- (See _Ants_, _Bees_.)
-
- Iron:
- melting, 19, 107;
- appearance of cold, 25;
- in sun, 28;
- in man, 221;
- in stars, 236, 237.
- (See _Steel_.)
-
- Ironstone, 188.
-
- Ivy, 115.
-
-
- Janssen’s Observations, 61.
-
- Jevons, Professor, 80.
-
- Joseph in Egypt, 90.
-
- Jumping, 241, 242.
-
- Jupiter, 79, 118, 124, 127–129, 156, 185, 229.
-
-
- Kensington Museum, 221.
-
- Kepler, on Comets, 219.
-
- Kernels, 220.
-
- Kew, 88.
-
- Kirchoff’s Researches, 12.
-
- Krakatao, 181, 185, 186.
-
-
- La Harpe, quoted, 207.
-
- Landscape, 169.
-
- Langley, Prof. S. P.:
- drawings, 15, 16, 18, 19, 21, 22, 25, 28, 30;
- note-book, 24;
- expedition, 180;
- study of Reflection, 216.
- (See _Allegheny_, _Pittsburg_.)
-
- Latent Power, 220.
-
- Laws of Nature, 250, 251.
-
- Leaf-like Appearances, 23.
- (See _Willow_.)
-
- Lenses, 102, 103;
- Galileo’s, 123.
-
- Leo, 195, 197.
-
- Liais’s Drawing, 48, 50.
-
- Lick Glass, 123.
-
- Light:
- development, 13;
- day and night, 35;
- white (_q. v._), 48;
- mental (see _Eye_), 71;
- from balloon, 179;
- transmitted, 227.
- (See _Sun_.)
-
- Lightning, 75, 76, 242, 244, 245.
- (See _Electric_.)
-
- Lily, 73.
- (See _Flowers_.)
-
- Limited Express Train, 5.
-
- Loaf-sugar, experiment, 188.
-
- Lockyer’s Land, 130.
-
- Lockyer’s Solar Physics, 59, 61, 236, 238.
-
- Lombardy, 151.
-
- London, 111.
-
- Lost Pleiad (_q. v._), 207.
-
- Louis XV., 42.
-
- Louis XVI., 221.
-
- Lunar Alps (_q. v._), 148, 149.
- (See _Moon_.)
-
- Lunar Apennines (_q. v._), 153.
-
- Lunar Shadows, 36, 37, 39, 56.
-
- Lyrids, 196, 200.
-
-
- Macartney’s Lens, 103.
-
- Maelstrom, 27.
-
- Magic Lantern, simile, 220.
-
- Magnesium, 236, 237.
-
- Magnetic Needle, 81, 82, 84, 85, 87, 89.
-
- Mammoth Cave, 40.
-
- Man, chemistry of, 221, 233.
- (See _Humanity_.)
-
- Manhattan Island, 111.
-
- Mare Crisium, 143.
-
- Mare Serenitatis, 143, 144.
-
- Mars, 118, 128–132, 148.
-
- Mason’s Publication, 137.
-
- Matterhorn, 148, 167.
-
- Mayflower, 5.
-
- Meadows, 172.
-
- Mecca, 175.
-
- Medusa, 228.
-
- Memnon, 234.
-
- Mercator, 163, 165.
-
- Mercury, 3, 118, 136, 229.
-
- Messier, anecdote, 207.
-
- Metals, melted, 103.
- (See _Iron_.)
-
- Metaphysics, 70, 71.
-
- Meteorites:
- around Saturn, 124;
- recent, 187;
- lawsuit, 187, 188;
- analyzed, 191, 192;
- in Iowa, 199, 200;
- swarm, 200;
- cracking, 211.
-
- Meteors, 98, 175–198;
- (1868), 189.
- (See _Falling_, _Shooting_.)
-
- Meunier’s Investigations, 192.
-
- Mexican Gulf, 38.
-
- Microcosm, 222.
-
- Micromegas, 223.
-
- Microscope, 224.
-
- Middle Ages, 91, 175.
-
- Milky Way, 224, 225.
-
- Milton, quoted, 14, 38.
-
- Mind-causation, 70, 71.
-
- Mirror, 102, 107.
-
- Mississippi, 134.
-
- Mites, 224.
-
- Mizar, 207.
-
- M’Leod’s Drawing, 44.
-
- Monochromatic Light (_q. v._), 63.
-
- Montaigne of Limoges, 207.
-
- Mont Blanc, 156.
-
- Monte Rosa, 167.
-
- Moon:
- practical observations, 2;
- newly studied, 3;
- distance, 4–6;
- size, 5, 6, 140, 156;
- shadows (_q. v._), 36, 125;
- in sun-eclipse, 41;
- planetary relations, 117–174;
- and Jupiter, 127;
- photograph, 137;
- full, 141, 144, 147;
- Man in the, 143;
- mountains, 144;
- craters, 147, 148;
- temperature, 159;
- airless, 160;
- landscape (_q. v._), 169;
- age, 171;
- broken up, 192;
- like comet, 215.
- (See _Lunar_.)
-
- Moslem Traditions, 175, 194.
- (See _Arab_.)
-
- Moss, 160.
-
- Mouchot’s Engravings, 109, 112.
-
- Mountain Sickness, 50, 53.
-
-
- Naples, 155, 157.
- (See _Vesuvius_.)
-
- Napoleon, 80, 134.
-
- Nasmyth’s Researches, 11, 12, 14, 24, 25, 140.
-
- Nativity of Jesus, 229.
-
- Nature’s Laws (_q. v._), 176.
-
- Nebulæ, 247.
-
- Needle, 228.
- (See _Cambric_.)
-
- Neptune, 121.
-
- Nerves, none in camera, 47.
-
- Nerve Transmission, 5, 6.
-
- New Astronomy, 4, 75, 76, 117, 121, 171, 193, 222, 224, 227, 235,
- 246, 248.
- (See _Old_.)
-
- Newcomb, Professor, 55.
-
- Newspapers, printed by the sun, 74.
-
- Newton, Professor, 191, 195–197.
-
- Newton, Sir Isaac, 136, 203, 211;
- on Comets, 215, 219.
-
- Nightmare, 67.
-
- Northern Crown, 208, 211, 230.
-
- Novelists, theme for, 193, 228.
-
- Nucleus, 11, 19, 216.
- (See _Comets_, _Corona_.)
-
-
- Oceans, 179.
-
- Old Astronomy, 199, 203, 233.
- (See _New_.)
-
- Organisms in sun (_q. v._), 13.
-
- Orion, 238, 239, 247.
-
- Oxygen, 73.
-
-
- Pacific Ocean, 180.
-
- Palinurus, 243.
-
- Parable, 224.
-
- Paris:
- Observatory, 42, 233, 247;
- Exposition, 112.
-
- Parker’s Lens, 103.
-
- Peirce, Professor, 44.
-
- Pennsylvania Coal, 97.
-
- Penumbra, 11, 19, 20.
-
- Perpignan, France, 42.
-
- Perseus, 196.
-
- Persian Rugs, 70.
-
- Philadelphia, 88.
-
- Philosopher’s Stone, 92.
-
- Phœbus, 34.
-
- Phosphorus, 221.
-
- Photographic Plate, 71.
-
- Photography, 9, 19, 128, 236, 237, 241, 244, 247, 248;
- rapid, 242.
-
- Photometer, 56, 108.
-
- Photometry, 230.
-
- Photosphere, 7, 17, 64.
-
- Pickering, Professor, 132, 227, 228, 246.
-
- Pico Summit, 148.
-
- Piffard, Dr. H. G., 245.
-
- Pike’s Peak, 50, 53–57, 60.
-
- Pilgrim Fathers, 5.
-
- Pine-boughs, 25.
-
- Pine-trees, 60, 72.
-
- Pittsburg Observations, 18, 19.
- (See _Allegheny_, _Langley_.)
-
- Planetoids, 196, 197, 229.
-
- Planets:
- condition, 97;
- pulverized, 100;
- and moon, 117–174;
- isolated, 176.
- (See _Jupiter_, _Mars_, _Mercury_, _Saturn_, _Sirius_, _Stars_.)
-
- Plants, 72, 73.
- (See _Flowers_.)
-
- Plato Crater, 147, 148, 151, 152.
-
- Pleiades, 17, 231, 245.
- (See _Lost_.)
-
- Plume, The, 19, 23, 24, 55.
-
- Pointers, 208.
- (See _Dipper_.)
-
- Poison, 222.
-
- Polariscope, 49.
-
- Polarization, 18.
-
- Polarizing Eye-piece, 14, 18.
-
- Polar Star, 230.
- (See _Great Bear_.)
-
- Polyp, 152.
-
- Pores, 24.
-
- Pouillet’s Invention, 93.
-
- Printing, indebtedness to the sun, 74.
-
- Prism, 63, 64.
- (See _Colors_, _Scarlet_.)
-
- Proctor’s Observations, 14, 59, 69, 87.
-
- Prospero’s Wand, 221.
-
- Ptolemy, 155, 161.
-
- Pyramids, 99, 117, 233, 234.
- (See _Egypt_.)
-
- Pyrheliometer, 93.
-
-
- Race, simile, 179.
-
- Radiant Energy, 71, 74;
- rate, 104.
-
- Radiation, 101, 108.
-
- Railway Explosion, 182, 183.
-
- Railway, The, 156.
-
- Rain, 111.
-
- Rainbow, 70.
-
- Ranyard’s Photographs, 50.
-
- Red Sea, 116.
-
- Reflection, 216.
-
- Repulsive Force, 215.
-
- Ribbons, 70, 236.
-
- Rifts, 163, 164.
-
- Rings, 123, 124, 152, 155.
- (See _Saturn_.)
-
- Rockets, 67, 68.
-
- Rocky Mountains, 88, 89, 180.
-
- Roman Boy, 34.
-
- Rope, 20, 26.
-
- Rose-leaf, 63, 70.
- (See _Leaves_.)
-
- Rowland’s Photographs, 237.
-
- Ruskin, quoted, 29.
-
- Russia, 134.
-
- Rutherfurd Photographs, 8, 9, 137, 143, 155, 234.
-
-
- Sal-ammoniac, 14, 25.
-
- Salisbury Plain, 1, 2.
-
- Sandstone, 192.
-
- Saturn, 118, 119, 121, 123, 124, 127–129, 136, 215.
-
- Saturnian Dwarfs, 223, 224.
-
- Saul, comparison, 77.
-
- Saxon Forefathers, 1, 2.
- (See _Britain_.)
-
- Scarlet, 67.
- (See _Colors_.)
-
- Schwabe, Hofrath, 76, 77, 87.
-
- Scott, Sir Walter, quoted, 92.
-
- Screen, 10, 35–37.
-
- Seas, lunar (_q. v._), 143.
-
- Secchi, Father, 14, 15, 24, 25, 29, 30, 43, 59, 235.
-
- Segmentations, 30, 31.
-
- Self-luminosity, 215.
-
- Sextant, 224.
-
- Shadows. (See _Lunar_.)
-
- Shakspeare, quoted, 60, 220.
-
- Sheaves, 68.
-
- Shelbyville, 42, 43.
-
- Sherman, observations at, 88.
-
- Ship, comparison, 133.
- (See _Steamer_.)
-
- Shooting-stars, 35, 193, 196, 198, 199.
- (See _Falling_, _Meteors_.)
-
- Sicily, 50.
- (See _Etna_.)
-
- Siemens, Sir William, 111.
-
- Sierra Nevada, 151, 160, 180.
-
- Signal Service, 90.
-
- Silicon, 107.
-
- Sirius, 179, 222–224, 236–238.
-
- Slits, 59, 63, 64.
-
- Smoked Glass, 11.
-
- Snow-flakes, 19, 35.
-
- Snow-like Forms, 25.
-
- Sodium, 237.
-
- Solar Engine, 75, 109.
-
- Solar Light (_q. v._), 13.
-
- Solar Physics, 4, 12, 14.
- (See _Sun_.)
-
- Solar System, 228, 229.
-
- South America (_q. v._), 80.
-
- South Carolina, meteors, 194, 195.
- (See _Charleston_.)
-
- Southern Cross, 234.
-
- Space, 181, 211, 224, 227, 229.
-
- Spain, expedition, 44.
-
- Sparks, 107, 108.
-
- Spectra, 231, 237.
-
- Spectres, 54, 55.
- (See _Brocken_.)
-
- Spectroscope, 7, 50, 59, 61, 63, 64, 130, 176, 198, 219, 222,
- 233–235, 240.
-
- Spectrum, 65, 235.
-
- Spectrum Analysis, 12.
-
- Speculations, 193.
-
- Spinning-wheel, 115.
-
- Springfield Observations, 44.
-
- Spurs, 208, 212, 215.
-
- Star of Bethlehem, 229.
- (See _Tycho_.)
-
- Stars:
- new study, 3;
- location, 4;
- size, 4, 230;
- seen in darkness, 35;
- self-shining suns, 35, 118;
- host, 117;
- variety, 118;
- five, 118;
- elements, atmosphere, 179;
- showers (see _Meteors_), 195;
- seen through comet, 212, 215;
- chapter, 221–250;
- analysis, children, 222;
- distances, 223;
- intervals, 224, 227, 229;
- colors (_q. v._), glory, 227;
- new, fading, 230;
- double, 233;
- relation to man (_q. v._), 233;
- fixed, 233;
- changing place, 234;
- mass, 237;
- ages, 238;
- photographed, 244, 247;
- chart, 247;
- death, 248.
- (See _Falling_, _Planets_, _Shooting_.)
-
- Steam, 74, 75.
-
- Steamers, 21, 73, 115.
-
- Steel, melted, 104–108.
- (See _Iron_.)
-
- Stellar Spectra (_q. v._), 222, 236, 237, 244, 245.
-
- Stevenson, George, 111.
-
- Stewart’s Observations, 88.
-
- Stonehenge, 1–3.
-
- Stones:
- from heaven, 175, 176, 186, 187, 191, 193;
- Iowa, 199, 200.
- (See _Meteorites_.)
-
- Stonyhurst Records, 88.
-
- Sumbawa Observations, 181.
-
- Sunbeams:
- lifting power, 72;
- Laputa, 73;
- printing, 74;
- motes, 215.
- (See _Light_.)
-
- Sun:
- practical observations in Washington, 2, 3;
- new study, 3;
- surroundings, 4, 35–69;
- distance, 4–6;
- size, 5, 6;
- a private, 6;
- views, 6–12, 15, 16, 20;
- details, 7;
- fire, 8, 91, 92;
- telescopic view, 8;
- axis, 9;
- revolutions, 10;
- surface, 17;
- paper record, 18;
- heat (_q. v._) and eye, 19;
- drawings exaggerated, 29, 30;
- something brighter, 32;
- atmosphere, 33, 34;
- slits, 59;
- miniature, 64;
- flames (_q. v._), 69;
- energy, 70–116 (see _Heat_);
- versatile aid, 74;
- children, 75, 222;
- shrinkage, 99;
- ground up, 100;
- emissive power, 104;
- constitution and appearance, 111;
- god, 116;
- self-shining, 118;
- studied from mountains, 167;
- affected by dust (_q. v._), 185;
- and comet, 216;
- elements, 233;
- a star, 237;
- life, 238;
- candle, 249;
- anecdote, 250.
- (See _Solar_.)
-
- Sunrise, 234.
-
- Sunset, 181, 182.
- (See _Twilight_.)
-
- Suns:
- millions, 224;
- dwindling, 227;
- periods, 241.
-
- Sun-spots, 1–34 _passim_;
- ancient, 8;
- early observations, 8;
- changing, 9;
- great, 10, 20, 24;
- individuality, darker, 11;
- leaves (_q. v._), 11, 12;
- how observed, 18, 19;
- typical, 21, 22;
- relative size, 20;
- hook-shaped (see _Plume_), 24;
- signs of chaos, 27;
- double, 32;
- weather, 76, 90;
- periodicity, 76–78;
- temperature, 83;
- records, 85;
- variations, 87;
- (1870), 9, 15, 16, 20;
- (1873), 20–24;
- (1875), 25, 28, 30;
- (1876), 30, 32;
- (1882), 80, 83–86, 90.
-
- Superga, 38.
-
- Swift, Dean, 73, 131, 132.
- (See _Gulliver_.)
-
- Sword Meteor (_q. v._), 175.
-
-
- Tacchini’s Investigations, 43, 49, 62, 66, 68.
-
- Tail, 215, 216.
- (See _Comets_.)
-
- Tan, 71.
-
- Taylor, Bayard, 139.
-
- Telephone, 84, 89.
-
- Telescopes:
- many, 17;
- best, 134;
- alone, 227, 230;
- use, 233, 234.
-
- Temperature, 101, 102, 108;
- of space, 224, 227.
-
- Terminator, 147.
-
- Thermometer, 71, 93, 102;
- low, 160, 163.
-
- Time, small divisions, 241.
-
- Tippoo Saib, 221.
-
- Total Eclipse (_q. v._), 39–48 _passim_, 55, 59.
-
- Trees, lacking, 168.
-
- Tribune, The New York, 84.
-
- Trinity Church, 72.
-
- Trocadéro, 112.
-
- Trouvelot, E. L., 119, 123, 225.
-
- Turin, 38.
-
- Twilight, small, 38.
-
- Tycho, 144, 229.
- (See _Star_.)
-
- Tyndall, 98.
-
-
- Umbra, 11, 12, 19, 20.
-
- United States, comparison, 24.
-
- Uranus, 3, 196.
-
- Vapor, 28.
-
- Vega, 235, 246.
-
- Vegetables, 74.
-
- Veils, 14, 17.
-
- Venus, 118.
-
- Vernier, 3.
-
- Vesuvius:
- crater, 155, 157;
- eruption, 181, 183.
- (See _Naples_.)
-
- Vibrations, 72.
-
- Victoria, 115.
-
- Viscous Fluid, 26.
-
- Vital Force, 14.
-
- Vogel, H. C., 64, 66.
-
- Voids, 181, 227.
-
- Volcanoes, 27, 28;
- in moon, 167, 193.
-
-
- Wandering Star, 101.
- (See _Comets_, _Falling_.)
-
- Washington:
- Observatory, 2, 86–88;
- telescope, 122;
- Monument, 182.
-
- Water, 152;
- in man, 221.
-
- Waterloo, 80.
-
- Water-wheel, 111.
-
- Watson’s Observations, 49.
-
- Wheat, prices, 79.
- (See _Breadstuffs_, _Corn_, _Grain_, _Sun-spots_.)
-
- Wheel, comparison, 10.
-
- Whirlpools, 28, 31.
-
- Whirlwinds, 23, 31.
-
- White Light (_q. v._), 48, 62, 63.
-
- Whitney, Mount, 177.
-
- Willow-leaves (_q. v._), 11, 12, 14.
-
- Wing, simile, 215.
-
- Winlock, Professor, 44.
-
- Withered Surfaces, 168, 171.
-
- Wood-engraving, 50.
-
- Worlds and Clouds, 249.
-
- Wrinkles, 172.
-
-
- Xeres, Spain (_q. v._), 44, 53.
-
-
- Young, Professor:
- spectroscope, 44, 50, 65, 234;
- observations, 56, 59, 61, 68, 69;
- magnetism, 87, 88;
- radiation, 101.
-
-
- Zodiacal Light, 55.
-
-
-University Press: John Wilson & Son, Cambridge.
-
-
-
-
-Transcriber’s Notes
-
-
-Punctuation, hyphenation, and spelling were made consistent when a
-predominant preference was found in the original book; otherwise they
-were not changed.
-
-Simple typographical errors were corrected; unbalanced quotation
-marks were remedied when the change was obvious, and otherwise left
-unbalanced.
-
-Illustrations in this eBook have been positioned between paragraphs
-and outside quotations. In versions of this eBook that support
-hyperlinks, the page references in the List of Illustrations lead to
-the corresponding illustrations.
-
-The index was not checked for proper alphabetization or correct page
-references.
-
-*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE NEW ASTRONOMY ***
-
-Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will
-be renamed.
-
-Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright
-law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works,
-so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the
-United States without permission and without paying copyright
-royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part
-of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm
-concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark,
-and may not be used if you charge for an eBook, except by following
-the terms of the trademark license, including paying royalties for use
-of the Project Gutenberg trademark. If you do not charge anything for
-copies of this eBook, complying with the trademark license is very
-easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose such as creation
-of derivative works, reports, performances and research. Project
-Gutenberg eBooks may be modified and printed and given away--you may
-do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks not protected
-by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the trademark
-license, especially commercial redistribution.
-
-START: FULL LICENSE
-
-THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
-PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
-
-To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
-distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
-(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full
-Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at
-www.gutenberg.org/license.
-
-Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-
-1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
-and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
-(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
-the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or
-destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your
-possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a
-Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound
-by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the
-person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph
-1.E.8.
-
-1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
-used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
-agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
-things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
-paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this
-agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below.
-
-1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the
-Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection
-of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual
-works in the collection are in the public domain in the United
-States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the
-United States and you are located in the United States, we do not
-claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing,
-displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as
-all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope
-that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting
-free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm
-works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the
-Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily
-comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the
-same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when
-you share it without charge with others.
-
-1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
-what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are
-in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States,
-check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this
-agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing,
-distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any
-other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no
-representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any
-country other than the United States.
-
-1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
-
-1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other
-immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear
-prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work
-on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the
-phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed,
-performed, viewed, copied or distributed:
-
- This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
- most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no
- restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it
- under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this
- eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the
- United States, you will have to check the laws of the country where
- you are located before using this eBook.
-
-1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is
-derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not
-contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the
-copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in
-the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are
-redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply
-either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or
-obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm
-trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
-with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
-must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any
-additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms
-will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works
-posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the
-beginning of this work.
-
-1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
-License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
-work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
-
-1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
-electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
-prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
-active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm License.
-
-1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
-compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including
-any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access
-to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format
-other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official
-version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm website
-(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense
-to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means
-of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain
-Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the
-full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
-
-1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
-performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
-unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
-access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-provided that:
-
-* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
- the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
- you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed
- to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has
- agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid
- within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are
- legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty
- payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in
- Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg
- Literary Archive Foundation."
-
-* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
- you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
- does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
- License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all
- copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue
- all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm
- works.
-
-* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of
- any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
- electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
- receipt of the work.
-
-* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
- distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
-
-1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than
-are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing
-from the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the manager of
-the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the Foundation as set
-forth in Section 3 below.
-
-1.F.
-
-1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
-effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
-works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project
-Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may
-contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate
-or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
-intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or
-other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or
-cannot be read by your equipment.
-
-1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
-of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
-liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
-fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
-LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
-PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
-TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
-LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
-INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
-DAMAGE.
-
-1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
-defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
-receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
-written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
-received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium
-with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you
-with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in
-lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person
-or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second
-opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If
-the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing
-without further opportunities to fix the problem.
-
-1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
-in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO
-OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
-LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
-
-1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
-warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of
-damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement
-violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the
-agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or
-limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or
-unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the
-remaining provisions.
-
-1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
-trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
-providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in
-accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the
-production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses,
-including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of
-the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this
-or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or
-additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any
-Defect you cause.
-
-Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
-electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of
-computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It
-exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations
-from people in all walks of life.
-
-Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
-assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
-goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
-remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
-and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future
-generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see
-Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at
-www.gutenberg.org
-
-Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation
-
-The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non-profit
-501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
-state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
-Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
-number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by
-U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
-
-The Foundation's business office is located at 809 North 1500 West,
-Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up
-to date contact information can be found at the Foundation's website
-and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
-
-Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
-Literary Archive Foundation
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without
-widespread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
-increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
-freely distributed in machine-readable form accessible by the widest
-array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
-($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
-status with the IRS.
-
-The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
-charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
-States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
-considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
-with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
-where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
-DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular
-state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
-have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
-against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
-approach us with offers to donate.
-
-International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
-any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
-outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
-
-Please check the Project Gutenberg web pages for current donation
-methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
-ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To
-donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-
-Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be
-freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and
-distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of
-volunteer support.
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
-editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in
-the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not
-necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper
-edition.
-
-Most people start at our website which has the main PG search
-facility: www.gutenberg.org
-
-This website includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
-including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
-subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.